2016 - Integrated Business Statistics Program (IBSP)
- Date modified:
This document has been developed with the goal of aiding researchers with the preparation of their proposals to use Survey of Household Spending (SHS) micro data. This guide provides an overview of considerations that researchers should take into account when formulating their proposals, based on common reasons for proposals requiring revisions.
In addition to this document, researchers are encouraged to consult the User Guide for the Survey of Household Spending for more information on concepts and methods used in the SHS.
1. Sample size
The most common reason researchers are asked to revise their proposals is that the explicit or implicit sample size or sub-population of interest identified in the proposal is too small to address the objectives of the research. This may occur when the research project proposed involves one or more of the following:
Users may wish to pool (combine) multiple years of data in order to obtain a larger sample size.
2. SHS Redesign in 2010
The SHS underwent a major redesign in 2010. Expense categories in the redesigned SHS are similar to those of previous years. However, there are substantial differences between pre-2010 data and those from 2010 onward due to changes in data collection, processing and estimation methods. As a result, caution should be used when comparing SHS data from 2010 and later to those from 2009 and earlier.
In particular, researchers should note that two modes of collection are used for the SHS since 2010 – a questionnaire (administered using a computer-assisted personal interview) and an expenditure diary. The questionnaire is used to collect information on expenditures with recall periods based on the type of expenditure (last month, last three months, last 12 months, last four weeks, or last payment). The expenditure diary is completed for two weeks following the interview by selected households.
As well, beginning in 2010, data collection is continuous from January to December of the survey year. That is, data are collected from 1/12th of the sample each month. As such, reference periods of reported amounts are not the same for every household. For example, for households in the January 2013 sample, “the past 12 months” signifies the period from January 2012 to December 2012, while for households in the December 2013 sample, it refers to the period from December 2012 to November 2013.
With the previous SHS model (prior to 2010), collection took place from January to March for all expenditures made during the previous calendar year.
Comparing data from 2010 onward to those from previous years is more problematic for expenditures collected with a sub-annual recall period under the new design (last month, last three months, last four weeks, or last payment). The issue of comparability is less significant for expenditures collected with a 12-month recall period, since expenditures were reported for a 12-month period under the old survey design. However, caution should still be used when comparing data for these expenditures from 2010 and later to those from 2009 and earlier, due to the move to continuous collection under the new design.
More information on the survey redesign can be found in the Note to Users of Data from the 2010 Survey of Household Spending.
3. Regression analysis involving diary-collected expenditure items
Since the 2010 redesign, some expenditure information is collected through a questionnaire, and other information is collected through a diary that selected households are asked to fill out during a two-week period following the interview. Beginning in 2012, the sample size for the diary is 50% of the total sample.
Since only a sub-sample of the interview respondents are selected to complete the diary, two sets of weights are calculated – one for the interview, and another for the diary. A micro-level analysis that requires variables for expenditures collected through the diary (e.g. gasoline), or variables for spending categories that include sub-categories collected through the diary (e.g. transportation), must be limited to households who responded to both the interview and the diary (i.e. the records in the “diary file” in the RDC). Otherwise, two sets of weights would need to be applied simultaneously, which is not possible using standard statistical software.
Researchers should be aware of whether their analysis needs to be restricted to the sample of households who responded to the diary as this limits the sample size.
Data dictionaries indicating which variables are available in the diary file and in the interview file are available upon request.
4. Annualization of amounts reported for a period of less than 12 months
Collected expenditures with a recall period of less than 12 months are annualized so that all expenditure amounts cover a period of 12 months. Annualized values for categories with sub-annual reference periods (last month, last three months, last four weeks, or two weeks) are not meant to be used for analysis at the micro level.
For example, households who are selected to complete the diary are asked to record their expenses for vehicle fuel during the two weeks following the interview. The total amount spent on vehicle fuel reported by the household over the two-week period is multiplied by an annualization factor, as all reference periods are standardized to a 12-month period. The base annualization factor is 26 (52 weeks/2), and additional adjustments are made to account for any non-responded days in the diary as well as for influential (extreme) cases. The annual expenditure amount is not intended to be (and may not be) representative of an individual household’s expenditure on vehicle fuel over a 12-month period, since the annualization factor does not account for seasonal variation in the household’s spending on vehicle fuel. Annualized expenditure on gasoline may be over-estimated for some households, and under-estimated for others.
Estimated annual vehicle fuel expenditures for a group of households (as opposed to an individual household) account for seasonal variability in spending, because expenditures are collected from 1/12th of the sample each month (that is, since households report their expenditures in different months of the year).
5. Household-level vs. person-level variables
Most expenditure variables are only available at the household level (with the exception of clothing expenditures, income taxes, and personal insurance payments and gifts of money which are collected at the individual level).
Some demographic variables are not available for each individual in the household (e.g. educational attainment is collected only for the household reference person and for their spouse).
Researchers should review the SHS questionnaire to ensure that the survey collects the variables required for their analysis.
6. Reference period of income variables
Starting in 2010, the reference period for income and income tax is the year prior to the survey year. For example, the reference year for income is 2012 for the 2013 SHS. This timing is based on the fact that these values now come mainly from the T1 (Individual Tax Return) administrative data files from the Canada Revenue Agency which are generally available nine to twelve months after the end of the calendar year.
7. Money flow variables
Since 2010, the SHS does not collect money flow variables (e.g. savings). As well, savings rates cannot be calculated under the new design since the reference period for income is the year prior to the survey reference year.
8. Medians and Gini coefficients
Since 2010, medians and Gini coefficients cannot be calculated for expenditures collected using a recall period of less than 12 months. This is because the use of sub-annual recall periods affects the distribution of expenditure variables across households (see point 4 above).
Reference documents:
2015 Annual Head Office Survey
2015 Annual Non-Store Retail Survey
2015 Annual Retail Trade Survey
2015 Annual Wholesale Trade Survey
2015 Annual Survey of Aquaculture Industry
Annual Capital and Repair Expenditures Survey Actual for 2015
2015 Annual Survey of Logging Industries
2015 Annual Survey of Manufacturing Industries
2015 Annual Electricity Supply and Disposition Survey
2015 Annual End-Use of Natural Gas Survey
2015 Annual Electric Power Generating Stations Survey
2015 Annual Survey of Electric Power Thermal Generating Station Fuel Consumption
2015 Annual Industrial Consumption of Energy Survey
2015 Annual Oil and Gas Extraction Survey
2015 Survey of Service Industries: Accounting Services
2015 Survey of Service Industries: Amusement and Recreation
2015 Survey of Service Industries: Food Services and Drinking Places
2015 Survey of Service Industries: Real Estate Rental and Leasing and Property Management
2015 Survey of Service Industries: Repair and Maintenance Services
2015 Survey of Service Industries: Software Development and Computer Services
2015 Survey of Service Industries: Traveller Accommodation
The Annual Survey of Manufacturing and Logging Industries (ASML) collects information on both manufacturing and logging activities. In fact, survey respondents represent many types of operations including those involved in less "traditional" models like service provision (e.g. contract logging), custom manufacturing, and other diverse operations.
The classifications on file might be applicable for this business or organization, even if it is not exactly how you would describe this business or organization's main activity. If you're still uncertain please call 1-800-858-7921 for further instructions.
If your business is currently closed and will not reopen, select Ceased all operations only. You should still report to this survey for the activities that took place during this reporting period.
If your business is currently closed but will reopen and/or is planning to reopen, select Temporarily Inactive but will reopen. "Temporarily Inactive" could be used to indicate labour actions (strike/lockouts), scheduled retooling, or international trade actions (duties/quotas) that result in a temporary cease of operations with planned resumption in the short term. You should still report to this survey for the activities that took place during this reporting period.
These data are used to measure and understand the flows of goods (and other economic flow) between provinces and between Canada and other countries. They are used by the business community, manufacturing associations, federal and provincial departments and international organizations to profile the manufacturing and logging industries, undertake market studies, forecast demand and develop trade policies.
Your questionnaire will list pre-identified products (raw materials and finished goods) that are relatively common to the industry. However, there are many different possibilities for what your business uses and produces. If you are unable to find the relevant products in either section please provide the detail on these products at the bottom of each section along with a written description.
If this level of detail is not available in your records, please provide estimates.
This information is important, and is used to measure and understand the flows of goods between provinces and Canada. If your business does not have the details requested, please provide your best estimate for the main products used in the manufacturing process and the main products manufactured.
Example:
For logging operations other than contract logging, please provide your best estimate for the main species your business cuts. For contract loggers, see question 7.
For lumber and wood product manufactures, please provide your best estimate for the main raw materials used in the manufacturing process and the main products manufactured.
Revenues from sales of logs and wood residue, including by-products such as wood chips, sawdust, etc., should be reported as Sales of logs, wood residue and manufactured products. When logs are transferred to other business units or a head office of your firm, the sales value of these logs should be reported at the value shown on your books of account (i.e., book transfer value).
For revenue from stumpage sales:
If your business is mainly engaged in logging operations, this should be reported as Revenue from stumpage sales;
For all other businesses, this should be reported under Sales of logs, wood residue and manufactured products.
Some logging operations carry out their logging operations on behalf of others in return for a logging service fee. In this example the first business would harvest the timber but would not own tenure (i.e. does not pay stumpage fees).
The revenue generated from the logging services should be reported under Revenue from logging service fees and/or custom work. Do not report revenue from these activities as sales of logs.
Alternatively, if your business pays logging service fees to a logging service provider, this expense should be reported under Subcontracts. (Note: Not all respondents receive the same questions. If this question is asked on your questionnaire it will be found in the "Expenses" section)
Your business may buy and sell goods without any further processing at your business unit. These goods should be reported as Purchases of goods for resale, as is and Sales of goods purchased for resale, as is
For example, if a sawmill purchases logs, and subsequently finds some of these logs to be unsuitable for further production they may decide to sell these logs "as is".
Stumpage fees should be reported under Crown charges (for logging, mining and energy industries only). This mainly applies to logging operations (including businesses that have a different main business activity)
Some manufacturers earn revenues by providing manufacturing services to other businesses (who may own the products and materials involved). These revenues should be reported under Revenue from manufacturing service fees or and/or custom work.
The term "Stumpage fee" refers to amounts paid for the right to harvest timber from Crown land.
You should report the value shown on your books of account (i.e., book transfer value) of raw materials transferred from another branch of your company.
If your business pays manufacturing service fees to a manufacturing service provider, this expense should be reported under Subcontracts. (Note: Not all respondents receive the same questions. If this question is asked on your questionnaire it will be found in the "Expenses" section)
You should report your raw material purchases under Purchases of raw materials and components
Do not report the expenses as purchase of logs. If your business owns tenure (i.e. has paid stumpage fees) and pays logging service fees to a logging service provider, this expense should be reported under Subcontracts. (Note: Not all respondents receive the same questions. If this question is asked on your questionnaire it will be found in the "Expenses" section)
Please exclude logging road costs (e.g. road clearing, ploughing, and grating) from Purchases of raw materials and components.
Financial Information of Universities and Colleges is an annual survey conducted by Statistics Canada to provide a basic source of reference for the financial data of universities and degree-granting colleges in Canada.
The Guidelines are intended to assist both users and preparers of the financial data reported in the annual survey (or “return”), and are organized as follows:
Section II provides general information for both users and preparers of the annual return. This section discusses financial reporting by institutions and identifies users of the annual return and their needs, as well as the relationship of generally accepted accounting principles to the financial data and the prescribed reporting practices underlying that data.
This section will assist users and preparers of the annual return to appreciate the differences between accounting principles for audited financial statements and prescribed reporting practices for the annual return.
Section III provides detailed instructions for institutions reporting financial data. This is the “how-to” section for preparers to refer to when completing the forms, and will be of interest to users who seek additional information on specific terms or particular line items used in the annual return.
A copy of your audited financial statements is requested for submission along with your input return. If a copy is not available please advise us of the date on which the audited financial statements will be forwarded.
Notwithstanding the use of detailed Guidelines to assist preparers, there are limitations in the comparability of the data because of differences in the underlying accounting practices followed by institutions. Even the most stringent of reporting guidelines cannot eliminate differences resulting from different underlying accounting practices. As well, interregional comparisons must recognize differences such as various sources of funding, fiscal year-end dates varying from March 31st to June 30th, and variations in provincial policies and provincial funding responsibilities.
Specific examples where differences between institutions result in limitations in the comparability of financial data include:
In addition, comparisons of financial data over multiple years should be done with caution because of changes in generally accepted accounting principles that could alter the underlying data and changes in the Guidelines that govern the reporting of the data.
This section will assist users and preparers of the annual return to appreciate the differences between accounting principles for audited financial statements and prescribed reporting practices for the annual return.
The audited financial statements of reporting institutions are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Adherence to GAAP results in consistency of reported financial results from one year to the next.
In certain situations, however, GAAP permits individual institutions to choose between equally acceptable alternatives. As an example, institutions can choose either the deferral or restricted fund method of revenue recognition, and reporting nuances of each method may make comparisons between institutions difficult.
In addition, the users of the annual return may require, in certain situations, financial data based on an accounting practice that deviates from GAAP. For example, users of capital expenditure data generally require line item reporting of income and expenditures based on the flow of funds, rather than on capitalized and amortized amounts.
By way of highlights, users and preparers of the financial data should note the following points that apply to the annual return, even though they may represent differences from the practices normally followed by individual institutions in reporting financial information:
These Guidelines are not intended to conform an institution’s annual return to its financial statements or its internal management reports. The prescribed practices, including the uniform reporting practices that follow, may or may not be in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. These Guidelines are intended to promote consistency of financial data.
For consistency of financial data, reporting institutions and the preparers of the annual return within those institutions must comply with the Guidelines in general, and specifically with the uniform reporting practices. The uniform reporting practices, and the detailed instructions that follow in Section III, have been developed recognizing that balance is required between the information requirements of the users of the annual return and the response burden that is placed on the preparers. The uniform reporting practices are as follows:
For related and affiliated entities, each institution is to report financial data in the annual return on the same basis as that used for its consolidated financial statements. If the financial data for the entity are only reported in the notes to the consolidated financial statements, then the financial data are not reported in the annual return. For instance, the financial data for a Charitable Foundation will only be included in the annual return if the Charitable Foundation is consolidated in the financial statements of the institution.
The financial data will be reported following a form of fund accounting. Fund accounting classifies resources for accounting and reporting purposes in accordance with activities or objectives as specified by donors, in accordance with regulations, restrictions, or limitations imposed by sources outside the institution, or in accordance with directions issued by the governing body of the institution.
A fund is an accounting entity with a self-balancing set of accounts for recording assets, liabilities, a fund balance, and changes in the fund balance. Funds have been identified as either unrestricted or restricted. Restricted funds, other than Endowment, account for resources that may be used for current purposes, but with some limitations imposed by external or internal sources.
For accounting and reporting purposes, institutions combine the funds with similar characteristics into distinct fund groups. The fund groups reported in the annual return, with a brief explanation of each, are as follows:
General operating is an unrestricted fund that accounts for the institution’s primary operating activities of instruction and research, other than sponsored research.
Special purpose and trust is a restricted fund. The funds, including donations, may be restricted by external sources, or internally restricted by the institution’s governing body, for purposes other than sponsored research (Sponsored research fund), or capital (Capital fund).
Sponsored research is a restricted fund that accounts for income and expenditures for all sponsored research. Amounts are separately reported for entities consolidated and entities not consolidated (see Section II.B.1).
Ancillary is an unrestricted fund that separately accounts for all “sales-producing” operations or “self-supporting” activities that are supplementary to the institution’s primary operating activities of instruction and research.
Capital is a restricted fund that accounts for resources provided to the institution for capital purposes and not reported in any other fund.
Endowment is a restricted fund that accounts for the capitalization of externally or internally restricted amounts, primarily donations, which cannot be spent.
Section III.C.1 provides additional information and explanatory comments on each of the above funds.
As a general reporting practice, institutions follow the accrual, rather than the cash basis of accounting. The accrual concept refers to the method of recording transactions where income is reported in the period in which the income is considered to have been earned, rather than received; and expenditures, in the period in which the expenditures are considered to have been incurred, rather than disbursed. An example of the application of this concept to an income item is the accrual for interest earned, but not received; and, to an expenditure item, is the accrual for retroactive salary costs earned, but not paid.
Exceptions in the annual return to the accrual concept include –
For specific types of activities, income will be reported in the annual return following a funds flow approach; that is, for both Special purpose and trust, and Sponsored research (see Section III.C.1), the funds are reported as income in the period in which the funds are received or receivable. The corresponding expenditures, on the other hand, are reported consistent with the accrual concept; that is, in the period in which the expenditures are incurred. For example, when an institution is awarded a research contract, the income is reported when the funds are received or receivable under the terms of the contract.
Income and the corresponding expenditures are to be reported in the same fund (see Section II.B.9).
For all funds the matching principle applies; that is the revenue and related expenditure should be recorded in the same fund. It is not as straightforward to decide whether the revenue or expenditure source should dictate the fund where they are recorded. Depending upon the fund, there is not one method that says that expenditures should be recorded in the same fund as the revenue (expenditures follow revenues) or vice versa (revenues follow expenditures). Other reporting considerations have taken precedence over this consideration. However, while the applicable method may not be consistent across all funds, it is consistent within a given fund. The following shows the method to follow for each fund:
Operating Fund – expenditures follow revenues; Special Purpose & Trust Fund – expenditures follow revenues; Sponsored Research Fund – expenditures follow revenues; Ancillary Fund – expenditures follow revenues; Endowment Fund – revenues follow expenditures; Capital Fund – expenditures follow revenues.
The uniform reporting practice in the annual return for capital expenditures is to follow the funds flow approach, rather than to capitalize and amortize. Funds received to acquire capital assets are reported as income in the period in which the funds are received or receivable. Funds used to acquire capital assets are reported as expenditures in the period in which the funds are paid or payable.
Capital expenditures are to be reported in the same fund as the corresponding income. Specifically, capital expenditures are only reported in the Capital fund when the corresponding income is reported in the Capital fund.
Vacation pay, pension costs and future benefits, including benefits arising as a result of early retirement, are to be reported on the cash basis. The cash basis refers to the method of recording transactions where expenditures are reported in the period in which cash is disbursed.
The practices followed by institutions in reporting sales and cost recoveries in their financial records vary significantly and, for the most part, are dependent upon the particular management information systems and business practices of the respective institutions.
For the annual return, as a general practice, sales and cost recovery amounts are to be reported at “gross”, rather than “net”. “Gross” means that the sales and the corresponding cost are reported as separate items. “Net” means that the sales and corresponding cost are combined, and the difference is reported as a separate item. Reporting amounts at “gross” provides users of the financial data with better information than reporting at “net”.
Sales and cost recovery transactions can generally be classified as external sales, internal sales, external cost recoveries and internal cost recoveries.
External sales, external cost recoveries and internal sales originating from ancillary services are to be reported as sale of services and products. (See Section III.C.2 – line 25.)
As an exception to reporting amounts at “gross”, and also to avoid double counting of income and expenditures, the preferred method of reporting internal sales, other than those originating from ancillary services, is to report the amounts at “net”. To report at “net”, income in the fund or function selling the services or product is netted against the expenditures in that same fund or function. The fund or function purchasing the services or product reports the expenditure. Alternatively, where “netting” is not possible or feasible within a fund or function, the internal sales can be reported separately under an expenditure line item (a recovery) in both the fund or function selling the services or product and the fund or function purchasing the services or product. (See Section III.C.3 – line 20.)
Internal cost recoveries are also to be reported in such a manner as to avoid double counting of expenditures. The preferred method is direct allocation – that is, by reducing the expenditure types in the fund or function from which the costs are allocated, offset with a corresponding increase in the same expenditure types in the fund or function to which the costs are allocated. This approach provides users with better functional comparisons of individual expenditure line items. Alternatively, where direct allocation is not possible or feasible, the internal cost recoveries can be reported separately under an expenditure line item (a recovery) in the fund or function from and to which the costs are allocated. (See Section III.C.3 – line 20.)
Situations arise where in the normal course of operations, an institution reports income in one fund, but reports the corresponding expenditure in another fund. In such situations, the institution records a transfer from the fund in which the income was received, to the fund in which it is expended. This transfer is referred to as an interfund transfer. The transfer of an operating surplus from the Ancillary fund to the General operating fund is an example of an interfund transfer.
These Guidelines encourage institutions to report income and the corresponding expenditure in the same fund. For example, capital expenditures are to be reported in the same fund as the corresponding income and investment income earned on trust and endowment funds is to be reported in the same fund as the corresponding expenditures. This approach provides users with better financial data to calculate statistics such as the relationship between income and expenditures, by fund.
Gifts-in-kind that are recorded in an institution’s audited financial statements will be reported in the annual return as both an income and expenditure item.
Interest payments will be reported as expenditures in the appropriate fund. The borrowing and repayment of principal will not be reported as income or expenditure.
Ancillary services (see Section III.C.1 – Ancillary) should include all direct expenditures and cost allocations related to ancillary operations. Cost allocations, for example, should include a reasonable allocation for utility (unless the utility is an ancillary service) and plant maintenance, and for the institution’s management and administrative support. Cost allocations to ancillary services are internal cost recoveries (see Section II.B.8) in the fund or function from which the costs are allocated.
To complete the annual return in accordance with these uniform reporting practices, costs may have to be allocated among funds and functions. Where cost allocations are required, the allocations can be based on best estimates.
This section provides detailed instructions for institutions reporting financial data. This is the “how-to” section for preparers to refer to when completing the annual return, and will be of interest to users who seek additional information on specific terms or particular line items used in the annual return. Preparers of the financial data should review the previous sections of the Guidelines before proceeding.
Normally, the criteria for placement of a particular income or expenditure item within a fund or function in the annual return is the same as that used by an institution in its financial statements or internal management reports. However, where the Guidelines specifically designate the placement of an item, the item must be shown under the designated heading regardless of the institution’s practice. Consequently, the classification of activities or items of income and expenditure in the annual return may differ from the classification used by an institution in its financial statements or internal management reports. For example, health services and athletics are to be reported in the Student services function in the annual return (see Section III.C.4 – Student services) although they may be reported as ancillary services in the institution’s financial statements or internal management reports.
The financial data reported by each institution will be more useful when the data have been prepared consistently over time. In order to satisfy user information needs, preparers must comply with these Guidelines.
The detailed financial data requested in the annual return are reported in Tables 1, 2 and 4. (Note that Table 3 pertains to a more detailed survey conducted with other institutions and is not part of this package). The contents of the annual return are as follows:
In certain situations, an institution may determine that while it has complied with the Guidelines, it has provided financial data that may exceptional. In such situations, the institution can provide either accompanying notes of explanation, or observations and comments in the space provided at the bottom of each Table. This additional information would be useful for Statistics Canada in its review of the annual return for reasonableness. Examples could be any “material” extraordinary or non-recurring income or expenditure item included in a fund and/or functional area.
An institution may also use the space provided at the bottom of each Table for any observations and comments that the institution wishes to make regarding items not covered in the annual return.
Preparers should recognize that users of the annual return are prepared to accept reasonable allocations where exact numbers are not available (see Section II.B.13).
The funds are discussed first, to assist the preparer to segregate the various income and expenditure items for reporting purposes. Following the discussion of funds, the financial data to be reported on the applicable lines in each Table are discussed. The financial data should be reported by fund in Tables 1 and 2 of the annual return.
Fund accounting (see Section II.B.2) classifies resources for accounting and reporting purposes in accordance with activities or objectives as specified by donors, in accordance with regulations, restrictions, or limitations imposed by sources outside the institution (external restrictions) or in accordance with directions issued by the governing body (internal restrictions). Funds have been identified as either unrestricted or restricted. Restricted funds, other than Endowment, account for resources that may be used for current purposes, but with some limitations imposed by external or internal sources.
For accounting and reporting purposes, institutions combine the funds with similar characteristics into distinct fund groups. For the annual return, the fund groups are General operating, Special purpose and trust, Sponsored research, Ancillary, Capital, and Endowment.
Preparers should note the following:
General operating is an unrestricted fund that accounts for the institution’s primary operating activities of instruction and research, other than sponsored research. The general operating fund includes the costs of privately funded and non-credit programs.
Fund income includes provincial government grants (including research other than sponsored research), student tuition and other fees (for credit and non-credit courses), and income from private and other unrestricted sources. Fund income also includes investment income, if the corresponding expenditures are reported in the General operating fund.
Fund expenditures are for the general operating costs of the institution including instruction and research (other than sponsored research), academic support services, library, student services, administrative services, plant maintenance, external relations and other operating expenditures of the institution. Fund expenditures also include the purchase of capital assets, if the corresponding income is reported in the General operating fund.
Special purpose and trust is a restricted fund. The funds, including donations, may be restricted by external sources, or internally restricted by the institution’s governing body, for purposes other than sponsored research (Sponsored research fund), or capital (Capital fund). Income is to be reported following the funds flow approach (see Section II.B.4).
Fund income includes designated gifts, benefactions and grants. Fund income also includes investment income, if the corresponding expenditures are reported in the Special purpose and trust fund.
Fund expenditures include the purchase of capital assets, if the corresponding income is reported in the Special purpose and trust fund.
Sponsored research is a restricted fund that accounts for income and expenditures for all sponsored research. Amounts are separately reported for entities consolidated and entities not consolidated (see Section II.B.1). Income is to be reported following the funds flow approach (see Section II.B.4).
Fund income includes funds to support research paid either in the form of a grant or by means of a contract from a source external to the institution. Income sources include government, private industry and donors. The federal grant allocation for Indirect Costs of Research would be included here. The corresponding expenditures should be reported as an internal cost recovery between the Operating and Sponsored Research Funds, similar to the treatment of overheads. Fund income also includes investment income, if the corresponding expenditures are reported in the Sponsored research fund.
Fund expenditures include activity funded from Sponsored research income and exclude activity funded from the General operating fund. Fund expenditures include the purchase of capital assets, if the corresponding income is reported in the Sponsored research fund. Fund expenditures also include internal cost recoveries (see Section II.B.8).
Funds from Canada Foundation for Innovation, along with applicable matching funds, are to be reported as Sponsored research income. The corresponding expenditures, including the purchase of capital assets, are to be reported as Sponsored research expenditures.
Funding related to Canada Research Chairs are to be reported as Sponsored Research income. The corresponding expenditures, including the purchase of capital assets, are to be reported as Sponsored Research expenditures.
Within the Sponsored research fund, the first column in the applicable Tables is used to report income and expenditures for entities consolidated, and the second column, for entities not consolidated. Both columns combined represent the total Sponsored research reported by the institution. For the first column, “Entities Consolidated”, reported amounts are based on the financial data of entities included in the consolidated financial statements of the institution.
For the second column, “Entities not Consolidated”, institutions are permitted to separately report sponsored research, including hospital based medical research funding, that is granted to academic staff of the reporting institution, but conducted in entities that are not consolidated. Reporting of the sponsored research is permitted if all the following four conditions are met:
In addition, for “Entities not Consolidated”, the amounts reported as income (Table 1, line 27, column 4) must equal the amounts reported as expenditures (Table 2, line 24, column 4).
To provide financial data that are comparable, the income and expenditure items for sponsored research for entities not consolidated are to be reported in accordance with these Guidelines. Although this financial data have not been subject to audit by the reporting institution, there is an expectation that the data have adequately documented support.
Ancillary is an unrestricted fund that separately accounts for all “sales-producing” operations or “self-supporting” activities that are supplementary to the institution’s primary operating activities of instruction and research. Ancillary services exist to provide goods and services to students, faculty, staff, and others. Ancillary services charge a fee directly related to, although not necessarily equal to, the cost of the goods or services.
Ancillary services typically include bookstores, food services (dining hall, cafeterias, vending machines), residences and housing, parking, university press, publishing, laundry services, property rentals, university facility rentals, theaters, and conference centers.
All sales, external and internal, from ancillary services are reported as income (see Section II.B.8).
To report expenditures, full costing of ancillary services is required (see Section II.B.12). The preferred method of reporting internal cost recoveries or cost allocations is direct allocation, but where direct allocation is not possible or feasible, the internal cost recoveries can be reported under a separate expenditure line item (see Section II.B.8). Any capital items purchased directly from Ancillary income are to be reported in the Ancillary fund on the appropriate expenditure line.
Capital is a restricted fund that accounts for resources provided to the institution for capital purposes and not reported in any other fund. Income and expenditures are to be reported following the funds flow approach for capital assets (see Section II.B.6).
Fund income includes grants and related investment income, donations, and other resources made available to the institution by external funding sources, such as government and donors, specifically for capital purposes.
Fund expenditures include building programs, acquisitions of major equipment and furniture, major renovations and alterations, space rental and buildings, land and land improvements.
Because capital expenditures are to be reported in the same fund as the corresponding income, not all capital expenditures will be reported in the Capital fund. For example, funds from Canada Foundation for Innovation, along with applicable matching funds, are to be reported as Sponsored research income. The corresponding expenditures, including the purchase of capital assets, are to be reported as Sponsored research expenditures.
Endowment is a restricted fund that accounts for the capitalization of externally or internally restricted amounts, primarily donations, which cannot be spent.
Investment income generated by endowments may be used for various purposes, with these purposes often restricted by donors. Investment income should be reported in the same fund as the corresponding expenditures. Expenditures, excluding those incurred to earn investment income, are to be reported in an appropriate fund other than the Endowment fund. Expenditures incurred to earn investment income are to be reported “net” of the investment income.
Investment income that is used to preserve the capital value of the Endowment fund is reported as income in the Endowment fund.
The funds described in Section III.C.1 are reported in columns 1, 2, 5, 6, 7 and 8 in Table 1, with the total of the funds reported in column 9. Column 5 reports the sub-total for the Sponsored research fund. Within Sponsored research, column 3 reports “Entities Consolidated” and column 4 reports “Entities not Consolidated”.
The types of income to be reported in Table 1 are identified on the left-hand side of the Table. If there is uncertainty as to which line to use to report a type of income, report the income on the line best describing the activity. For example, government funds to pay tuition fees for participants in a non-credit program should be reported on line 13 (Non-credit tuition), rather than under government grants and contracts. Furthermore, where the designation of a particular type of income in this Table differs from that used by an institution in its financial statements or its internal management reports, the type of income must be shown per the Guideline instructions regardless of the institution’s practice.
As a general reporting practice, institutions follow the accrual, rather than the cash basis of accounting (see Section II.B.3). For reporting income, exceptions to the accrual concept in the annual return include the funds flow approach for reporting funds received to acquire capital assets (see Section II.B.6) and for reporting income in the Special purpose and trust, and Sponsored research funds (see Section II.B.4).
Income includes gifts-in-kind that are recorded in an institution’s audited financial statements (see Section II.B.10).
The six major categories of income are:
(i) Government departments and agencies - grants and contracts
Lines 1 to 11 include grants from, and contracts with, federal government departments and agencies, provincial government departments and agencies, and municipal governments. Grants and contracts from other provincial governments and from foreign governments are also reported in this category.
Government grants provide financial support to institutions and the grants may or may not be restricted.
Government contracts provide financial support to institutions under certain stipulations and conditions, including the provision of a deliverable product, such as a piece of equipment, a service, or a report. A contract normally includes provisions for institutions to recover certain indirect or overhead costs, with the contract specifying or documenting the basis for the calculation of the recoverable costs.
Federal
Lines 1 to 7 include all research grants, research contracts, grants and contributions from the Government of Canada and its departments and agencies, including the federal portion of capital and other grants that flow through a provincial government. Income received from the six major federal government agencies is reported on lines 1 to 6, as applicable.
The line items under “federal” are as follows:
Line 1 Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council (SSHRC)
Line 2 Health Canada
Line 3 Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council (NSERC)
Line 4 Canadian Institutes of Health Research
Line 5 Canada Foundation for Innovation (CFI)
Line 6 Canada Research Chairs
Line 7 Other federal
Other
Lines 8 to 11 include all grants from, and contracts with, the province and its departments and agencies, municipal governments, other provinces, and foreign governments.
The line items under “other” are as follows:
Line 8 Provincial
Line 9 Municipal
Line 10 Other provinces
Line 11 Foreign
(ii) Tuition and other fees
The types of revenue (Lines 12 to 14) include credit course tuition, non-credit tuition and other fees.
Line 12 Credit course tuition
Line 13 Non-credit tuition
Line 14 Other fees
(iii) Donations, including bequests
Donations are a voluntary transfer of cash or negotiable instruments made without expectation of return or benefits of any kind to the donor. Bequests flow from wills. Donations, including bequests, are considered to be gifts for tax purposes. Amounts received that are eligible to be receipted as charitable donations for federal income tax purposes are to be reported on lines 15 to 17, as applicable.
Lines 15 to 17 categorize “donations, including bequests” by individuals, business enterprises, foundations and not-for-profit organizations.
In addition, donations designated for specific purposes and donations that cannot be spent are reported in the Endowment fund (see Section III.C.1 – Endowment). Donations also include gifts-in-kind that are recorded in an institution’s audited financial statements (see Section II.B.10).
With the exception of circumstances outlined in the preceding paragraph, donations are to be reported in the same fund as the corresponding expenditures (see Section II.B.9).
Line 15 Individuals
Line 16 Business enterprises
Line 17 Not-for-profit organizations
This includes foundations and other not-for-profit organizations.
(iv) Non-government grants and contracts
Non-government grants and contracts provide financial support under certain specific stipulations and conditions, including the provision of a deliverable product, such as a piece of equipment, a service, or a report. The amounts received by an institution are not considered as charitable donations for tax purposes and therefore are ineligible to be receipted as charitable donations for federal income tax purposes.
Lines 18 to 20 categorize “non-government grants and contracts” by individuals, business enterprises, foundations and not-for-profit organizations.
Line 18 Individuals
Line 19 Business enterprises
Business enterprises include unincorporated businesses as well as privately or publicly incorporated companies that are operated for profit and derive revenue mainly from the sale of goods and services. The common forms of unincorporated businesses are sole proprietorships and partnerships, and examples include farmers and professional practitioners.
Line 20 Not-for-profit organizations
This includes foundations and other not-for-profit organizations.
(v) Investment Income
Investment income includes income from dividends, bonds, mortgages, short-term notes and bank interest. Bond interest would include an accrual for stripped bonds (see Section II.B.3). Investment income also includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on investment transactions, if the gains and losses are reported in the audited financial statements, regardless of how investments have been designated by the institution (held for trading or not).
Investment income excludes income from a non-consolidated charitable foundation. Income from a non-consolidated charitable foundation should be reported on line 17 (Not-for-profit organizations).
Included in this section are endowment and other investment income (Line 21 and 22).
Line 21 Endowment
Line 22 Other investment
(vi) Other
Other income (Lines 23 and 24) includes sale of services and products, and miscellaneous.
Line 23 Sale of services and products
Line 24 Miscellaneous
The funds described in Section III.C.1 are reported in columns 1, 2, 5, 6, 7 and 8 in Table 2, with the total of the funds reported in column 9. Column 5 reports the sub-total for the Sponsored research fund. Within Sponsored research, column 3 reports “Entities Consolidated” and column 4 reports “Entities not Consolidated”.
The types of expenditures to be reported in Table 2 are identified on the left-hand side of the Table. Where the designation of a particular expenditure in this Table differs from that used by an institution in its financial statements or its internal management reports, the expenditure must be shown under the designated Table heading regardless of the institution’s practice.
As a general reporting practice, institutions follow the accrual, rather than the cash basis of accounting (see Section II.B.3). For reporting expenditures, exceptions to the accrual concept in the annual return include the funds flow approach for reporting funds used to acquire capital assets (see Section II.B.6) and the cash basis for reporting vacation pay, pension costs and future benefits (see Section II.B.7).
Expenditures include gifts-in-kind that are recorded in an institution’s audited financial statements (see Section II.B.10).
The repayment of principal will not be reported as an expenditure (see Section II.B.11).
Lines 1 to 20 report expenditures that are generally recurring, with a sub-total for lines 1 to 20 reported on line 21. Lines 22 and 23 report significant periodic expenditures such as those for buildings, land and land improvements (line 22) and unusual or non-recurring expenditures, referred to as lump sum payments (line 23), such as those for special assisted early retirement programs. The total of all expenditures is reported on line 24.
The types of expenditures to be reported in Table 2, by line, are as follows:
Lines 1 – 3: Salaries and wages
Salaries and wages are categorized as academic salaries (lines 1 and 2) and other salaries and wages (line 3). Academic salaries are reported by academic ranks (line 1) and by other instruction and research (line 2).
The following types of payments are to be reported as salary and wage expenditures:
Certain lump sum payments for current and future fiscal periods to employees who have terminated employment with the institution are reported on an accrual basis as lump sum payments (line 23).
With the exception of vacation pay, the amounts to be reported as salaries and wages in the annual return are to be calculated following the same practices as those used by the institution for its audited financial statements.
Lines 1 – 2: Academic salaries
Academic salaries are reported by academic ranks and by other instruction and research.
Line 1 Academic ranks
Line 2 Other instruction and research
Line 3 Other salaries and wages
Line 4 Benefits
Line 5 Travel
Line 6 Library acquisitions
Line 7 Printing and duplicating
Line 8 Materials and supplies
Line 9 Communications
Line 10 Other operational expenditures
Line 11 Utilities
Line 12 Renovations and alterations
Line 13 Scholarships, bursaries and prizes
Line 14 Externally contracted services
Line 15 Professional fees
Line 16 Cost of goods sold
Line 17 Interest
Line 18 Furniture and equipment purchase
Line 19 Equipment rental and maintenance
Line 20 Internal sales and cost recoveries
Line 21 Sub-total
Line 22 Buildings, land and land improvements
Line 23 Lump sum payments
Expenditures by Fund (see Section III.C.3) and this section of the Guidelines are very similar in that types of expenditures are identified on the left-hand side of both Tables. However, unlike Table 2 (which is organized by fund), Table 4 is organized by operational or functional areas, within the General operating fund, that represent the major areas of institutional activity. The functions are Instruction and non-sponsored research, Non-credit instruction, Library, Computing and communications, Administration and academic support, Student services, Physical plant and External relations. These functions are reported in columns 1 to 8, with the total of the functions reported in Column 9. The amounts in Column 9 should be identical to the amounts in Table 2, Column 1 (General operating).
This section provides details to assist preparers to segregate, by function, the various activities and types of expenditures under the General operating fund. Unless otherwise indicated, the definitions, explanations and examples presented in Section III.C.3 for types of expenditures also apply to this section. In addition, as noted previously, where the designation of a particular expenditure in this Table differs from that used by an institution in its financial statements or its internal management reports, the expenditure must be shown under the designated heading regardless of the institution’s practice. For example, health services and intramural and intercollegiate athletics are to be reported under the Student services function although they may be reported as ancillary services in the institution’s financial statements or its internal management reports.
In reporting General operating fund expenditures by function, preparers should be familiar with the uniform reporting practices (see Section II.B). In particular, preparers should be familiar with the practices on internal and external cost recoveries (see Section II.B.8) and use of estimates (see Section II.B.13).
The functions in the General operating fund are as follows:
(i) Instruction and non-sponsored research
The Instruction and non-sponsored research function in the General operating fund includes all direct costs of faculties, academic departments (including salaries of academic deans and their offices), graduate school, summer school, credit extension, and other academic functions and expenditures attributable to this function.
(ii) Non-credit instruction
The Non-credit instruction function in the General operating fund includes lectures, courses and similar activities that are not recognized by the institution for the purpose of granting credit. Non-credit programs are usually offered through continuing education units. Normally where there is non-credit tuition income reported on line 13 under the General operating fund in Table 1, the corresponding expenditures (not necessarily equal to the income) will be reported under this function.
(iii) Library
The Library function in the General operating fund includes the institution’s Archives and other activities related to the institution’s main branch and faculty or departmental libraries. The expenditures include the salary and wage costs of providing the library services as well as the cost of books and periodicals.
(iv) Computing and communications
The Computing and communications function in the General operating fund includes only the activities of centralized computing and communication facilities.
A centralized computing facility refers to computer related activities and resources that have been organized under the management of a central administration. The computing facility is usually seen as an institutional resource that is available on an institution-wide basis and is the most effective way of providing certain services supportive of the institution’s research and administrative activities. Such a facility usually results from factors including economies of scale, a large number of users who require a wide variety of services, and a high degree of technical expertise required in computer operations.
This function does not include the activities of local or decentralized stand-alone computer installations that are under the management of, and were established for the main purpose of providing services to a single division or department. The expenditures for decentralized computing facilities are to be included under the related functions and funds, as appropriate.
A centralized communications facility includes the costs of telephone equipment rental, service, acquisition and switchboard, including related personnel and other costs. The expenditures for decentralized communications facilities are to be included in the related functions and funds, as appropriate.
If an institution employs a charge-out system for central computing time or communications equipment usage, expenditures should be combined and reported under this function.
Any sales to, or recoveries from, other functional areas or funds, or outside users, are considered to be either an internal or external cost recovery and are to be reported according to the uniform reporting practice for internal and external cost recoveries (see Section II.B.8).
(v) Administration and academic support
The Administration and academic support function in the general operating fund covers expenditures in the two broad areas of academic support and other support services. Other support services include administration. These areas are combined and reported in Table 4 under Administration and academic support.
The academic support area of the Administration and academic support function includes all activities provided by an institution in direct support of Instruction and non-sponsored research. This area includes the following types of activities:
The administration area of the Administration and academic support function includes the following activities:
Specific types of expenditures in the administration area include the following:
The appropriate reporting for computing, communications, purchasing, receiving and stores will depend upon whether the institution operates with centralized or decentralized facilities. If the institution has centralized facilities for computing and communications, the activities should be reported under the Computing and communications function. If the institution has centralized facilities for purchasing, receiving and stores, the activities should be included in the administration area of the Administration and academic support function. If any of computing, communications, purchasing, receiving or stores is decentralized, then these activities should be included under the related functions and funds, as appropriate.
(vi) Student services
The Student services function in the General operating fund includes the cost of services (other than direct teaching, research and administrative services) provided to students by the institution. Generally, these services will include:
These services may be provided from the General operating fund income in whole, or in part by a specific fee included in the student incidental fee structure. Where an institution acts in an agency capacity, however, and collects student fees on behalf of student controlled and administered activities such as student councils or federations, the fees collected by the institution are to be excluded from income of the institution. The amount turned over to the benefit of the student council or federation is to be excluded from expenditures of the institution.
(vii) Physical plant
The Physical plant function in the General operating fund includes expenditures related to the physical facilities of the institution. The expenditures include the physical plant office, space planning, maintenance of buildings and grounds, custodial services, utilities, vehicle operations, security and traffic, repairs and furnishings, renovations and alterations, mail delivery services, long-term space and property rental, and municipal taxes (including those for which compensatory grants are received from government).
Physical plant also includes fire, boiler and pressure vessel, and property insurance. All other insurance is reported in the administration area of the Administration and academic support function.
(viii) External Relations
The external relations area includes all activities provided by an institution in support of ongoing external relations. These activities include fundraising, development, alumni, public relations and public information or external communications. The related administrative costs from the office of the vice-president(s), or equivalent, responsible for one or more of these activities should be included in this area.
Types of income | Funds | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
General operating | Special purpose and trust | Sponsored research | Ancillary | Capital | Endowment | Total funds | |||
Entities consolidated | Entities not consolidated | Sub-total | |||||||
(thousands of dollars) | |||||||||
Government departments and agencies - grants and contracts | |||||||||
Federal | |||||||||
1. Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council | |||||||||
2. Health Canada | |||||||||
3. Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council | |||||||||
4. Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR) | |||||||||
5. Canada Foundation for Innovation (CFI) | |||||||||
6. Canada Research Chairs | |||||||||
7. Other federal (see Table 6) | |||||||||
Other | |||||||||
8. Provincial (see Table 7) | |||||||||
9. Municipal | |||||||||
10. Other provinces | |||||||||
11. Foreign | |||||||||
Tuition and other fees | |||||||||
12. Credit course tuition | |||||||||
13. Non-credit tuition | |||||||||
14. Other fees | |||||||||
Donations, including bequests | |||||||||
15. Individuals | |||||||||
16. Business enterprises | |||||||||
17. Not-for-profit organizations | |||||||||
Non-government grants and contracts | |||||||||
18. Individuals | |||||||||
19. Business enterprises | |||||||||
20. Not-for-profit organizations | |||||||||
Investment | |||||||||
21. Endowment | |||||||||
22. Other investment | |||||||||
Other | |||||||||
23. Sale of services and products | |||||||||
24. Miscellaneous | |||||||||
25. TotalNote 1 | |||||||||
|
Types of expenditures | Funds | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
General operating | Special purpose and trust | Sponsored research | Ancillary | Capital | Endowment | Total funds | |||
Entities consolidated | Entities not consolidated | Sub-total | |||||||
(thousands of dollars) | |||||||||
Academic salaries | |||||||||
1. Academic ranks | |||||||||
2. Other instruction and research | |||||||||
3. Other salaries and wages | |||||||||
4. Benefits | |||||||||
5. Travel | |||||||||
6. Library acquisitions | |||||||||
7. Printing and duplicating | |||||||||
8. Materials and supplies | |||||||||
9. Communications | |||||||||
10. Other operational expenditures | |||||||||
11. Utilities | |||||||||
12. Renovations and alterations | |||||||||
13. Scholarships, bursaries and prizes | |||||||||
14. Externally contracted services | |||||||||
15. Professional fees | |||||||||
16. Cost of goods sold | |||||||||
17. Interest | |||||||||
18. Furniture and equipment purchase | |||||||||
19. Equipment rental and maintenance | |||||||||
20. Internal sales and cost recoveriesNote 1 | |||||||||
21. Sub-total | |||||||||
22. Buildings, land and land improvements | |||||||||
23. Lump sum payments | |||||||||
24. TotalNote 2 | |||||||||
|
Objects | Funds | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
General operating | Special purpose and trust | Sponsored research | Ancillary | Capital | Endowment | Total funds | |||
Entities consolidated | Entities not consolidated | Sub-total | |||||||
(thousands of dollars) | |||||||||
1. Net asset balances, beginning of year | |||||||||
2. Income (Table 1, line Total) | |||||||||
3. Expenditures (Table 2, line Total) | |||||||||
4. Prior year adjustments | |||||||||
5. Interfund transfersNote 1 | |||||||||
6. Add: borrowings | |||||||||
7. Deduct: principal portion of debt repayments | |||||||||
8. Interfund reallocationsNote 1 | |||||||||
9. Add: capital expenditures | |||||||||
10. Deduct: amortization | |||||||||
11. Add or deduct: deferred income | |||||||||
12. Add or deduct: pension costs and vacation pay accrual | |||||||||
13. Add or deduct: future cost of employee benefits | |||||||||
14. Add or deduct: related or affilitated entities | |||||||||
15. Add or deduct: other (provide details in space below) | |||||||||
16. Net asset balances, end of yearNote 2 | |||||||||
Net asset balances are comprised of: | |||||||||
17. Unrestricted net assets | |||||||||
18. Investment in capital assets | |||||||||
19. Internally restricted net assets | |||||||||
20. Externally restricted net assets | |||||||||
21. Net asset balances, end of yearNote 2 | |||||||||
|
Types of expenditures | Functions | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Instruction and non-sponsored research | Non-credit instruction | Library | Computing and communications | Administration and academic support | Student services | Physical plant | External Relations | Total functionsNote 1 | |
(thousands of dollars) | |||||||||
Academic salaries | |||||||||
1. Academic ranks | |||||||||
2. Other instruction and research | |||||||||
3. Other salaries and wages | |||||||||
4. Benefits | |||||||||
5. Travel | |||||||||
6. Library acquisitions | |||||||||
7. Printing and duplicating | |||||||||
8. Materials and supplies | |||||||||
9. Communications | |||||||||
10. Other operational expenditures | |||||||||
11. Utilities | |||||||||
12. Renovations and alterations | |||||||||
13. Scholarships, bursaries and prizes | |||||||||
14. Externally contracted services | |||||||||
15. Professional fees | |||||||||
16. Cost of goods sold | |||||||||
17. Interest | |||||||||
18. Furniture and equipment purchase | |||||||||
19. Equipment rental and maintenance | |||||||||
20. Internal sales and cost recoveries | |||||||||
21. Sub-total | |||||||||
22. Buildings, land and land improvements | |||||||||
23. Lump sum payments | |||||||||
24. Total | |||||||||
|
Code Legal Name of Affiliated Institution | Category of Affiliation | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Health Research Institute | Other Research Institute | Affiliated Hospital | Other Affiliated Institution | Associated Hospital | Other Associated Institution | Federated Institution | Basis of Reporting | Amount Included in Annual Return ($'000) | ||
Included | Excluded | |||||||||
For columns 1 to 9, indicate with an "x" in the appropriate column. | ||||||||||
Part I: Separate legal entities consolidated | ||||||||||
1 | ||||||||||
2 | ||||||||||
3 | ||||||||||
4 | ||||||||||
5 | ||||||||||
6 | ||||||||||
7 | ||||||||||
8 | ||||||||||
9 | ||||||||||
10 | ||||||||||
For columns 1 to 7, indicate with an "x" in the appropriate column. | ||||||||||
Part II: Separate legal entities not consolidated | ||||||||||
List each separate legal entity over $100,000 | ||||||||||
11 | ||||||||||
12 | ||||||||||
13 | ||||||||||
14 | ||||||||||
15 | ||||||||||
16 | ||||||||||
17 | ||||||||||
18 | ||||||||||
19. Total of all other legal entities under $100,000 | ||||||||||
20. TotalNote 1 | ||||||||||
|
Source of grant/contract | Funds | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
General operating | Special purpose and trust | Sponsored research | Ancillary | Capital | Endowment | Total funds | |||
Entities consolidated | Entities not consolidated | Sub-total | |||||||
(thousands of dollars) | |||||||||
1. A. Indirect costs of research | |||||||||
B. Separately list each department and agency over $100,000: | |||||||||
2 | |||||||||
3 | |||||||||
4 | |||||||||
5 | |||||||||
6 | |||||||||
7 | |||||||||
8 | |||||||||
9 | |||||||||
10 | |||||||||
11 | |||||||||
12 | |||||||||
13 | |||||||||
14 | |||||||||
15 | |||||||||
16 | |||||||||
17 | |||||||||
18 | |||||||||
19 | |||||||||
20 | |||||||||
21 | |||||||||
22 | |||||||||
23 | |||||||||
24 | |||||||||
25. C. Total of all departments and agencies under $100,000 | |||||||||
26. TotalNote 1 | |||||||||
|
Source of grant/contract | Funds | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
General operating | Special purpose and trust | Sponsored research | Ancillary | Capital | Endowment | Total funds | |||
Entities consolidated | Entities not consolidated | Sub-total | |||||||
(thousands of dollars) | |||||||||
A. Ministry responsible (total grants and contracts): | |||||||||
1 | |||||||||
2. CFI matching funds | |||||||||
B. Other (list each department and agency over $100,000): | |||||||||
3 | |||||||||
4 | |||||||||
5 | |||||||||
6 | |||||||||
7 | |||||||||
8 | |||||||||
9 | |||||||||
10 | |||||||||
11 | |||||||||
12 | |||||||||
13 | |||||||||
14 | |||||||||
15 | |||||||||
16 | |||||||||
17 | |||||||||
18 | |||||||||
19 | |||||||||
20 | |||||||||
21 | |||||||||
22 | |||||||||
23 | |||||||||
24. C. Total of all departments and agencies under $100,000 | |||||||||
25. TotalNote 1 | |||||||||
|
This information is collected under the authority of the Statistics Act, Revised Statutes of Canada, 1985, Chapter S-19.
Although your participation in this survey is voluntary, your cooperation is important so that the information collected will be as accurate and complete as possible.
This survey collects financial information (income and expenditures) on all universities and degree-granting colleges in Canada. Your information may also be used by Statistics Canada for other statistical and research purposes.
Statistics Canada is prohibited by law from releasing any information it collects which could identify any person, business, or organization, unless consent has been given by the respondent or as permitted by the Statistics Act. Statistics Canada will use the information from this survey for statistical purposes.
Statistics Canada advises you that there could be risk of disclosure during the transmission of information by facsimile or e-mail. However, upon receipt, Statistics Canada will provide the guaranteed level of protection afforded all information collected under the authority of the Statistics Act.
To enhance the data from this survey, Statistics Canada may combine it with information from other surveys or from administrative sources.
Reserved for Statistics Canada
Types of income | Funds | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
General operating | Special purpose and trust | Sponsored research | Ancillary | Capital | Endowment | Total funds | |||
Entities consolidated | Entities not consolidated | Sub-total | |||||||
(thousands of dollars) | |||||||||
Government departments and agencies - grants and contracts | |||||||||
Federal | |||||||||
1. Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council | |||||||||
2. Health Canada | |||||||||
3. Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council | |||||||||
4. Canadian Institutes of Health Research (CIHR) | |||||||||
5. Canada Foundation for Innovation (CFI) | |||||||||
6. Canada Research Chairs | |||||||||
7. Other federal | |||||||||
Other | |||||||||
8. Provincial | |||||||||
9. Municipal | |||||||||
10. Other provinces | |||||||||
11. Foreign | |||||||||
Tuition and other fees | |||||||||
12. Credit course tuition | |||||||||
13. Non-credit tuition | |||||||||
14. Other fees | |||||||||
Donations, including bequests | |||||||||
15. Individuals | |||||||||
16. Business enterprises | |||||||||
17. Not-for-profit organizations | |||||||||
Non-government grants and contracts | |||||||||
18. Individuals | |||||||||
19. Business enterprises | |||||||||
20. Not-for-profit organizations | |||||||||
Investment | |||||||||
21. Endowment | |||||||||
22. Other investment | |||||||||
Other | |||||||||
23. Sale of services and products | |||||||||
24. Miscellaneous | |||||||||
25. TotalNote 1 | |||||||||
|
Types of expenditures | Funds | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
General operating | Special purpose and trust | Sponsored research | Ancillary | Capital | Endowment | Total funds | |||
Entities consolidated | Entities not consolidated | Sub-total | |||||||
(thousands of dollars) | |||||||||
Academic salaries | |||||||||
1. Academic ranks | |||||||||
2. Other instruction and research | |||||||||
3. Other salaries and wages | |||||||||
4. Benefits | |||||||||
5. Travel | |||||||||
6. Library acquisitions | |||||||||
7. Printing and duplicating | |||||||||
8. Materials and supplies | |||||||||
9. Communications | |||||||||
10. Other operational expenditures | |||||||||
11. Utilities | |||||||||
12. Renovations and alterations | |||||||||
13. Scholarships, bursaries and prizes | |||||||||
14. Externally contracted services | |||||||||
15. Professional fees | |||||||||
16. Cost of goods sold | |||||||||
17. Interest | |||||||||
18. Furniture and equipment purchase | |||||||||
19. Equipment rental and maintenance | |||||||||
20. Internal sales and cost recoveriesNote 1 | |||||||||
21. Sub-total | |||||||||
22. Buildings, land and land improvements | |||||||||
23. Lump sum payments | |||||||||
24. TotalNote 2 | |||||||||
|
Types of expenditures | Functions | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Instruction and non-sponsored research |
Non-credit instruction |
Library | Computing and communications |
Administration and academic support | Student services |
Physical plant |
External Relations |
Total functionsNote 1 |
|
(thousands of dollars) | |||||||||
Academic salaries | |||||||||
1. Academic ranks | |||||||||
2. Other instruction and research | |||||||||
3. Other salaries and wages | |||||||||
4. Benefits | |||||||||
5. Travel | |||||||||
6. Library acquisitions | |||||||||
7. Printing and duplicating | |||||||||
8. Materials and supplies | |||||||||
9. Communications | |||||||||
10. Other operational expenditures | |||||||||
11. Utilities | |||||||||
12. Renovations and alterations | |||||||||
13. Scholarships, bursaries and prizes | |||||||||
14. Externally contracted services | |||||||||
15. Professional fees | |||||||||
16. Cost of goods sold | |||||||||
17. Interest | |||||||||
18. Furniture and equipment purchase | |||||||||
19. Equipment rental and maintenance | |||||||||
20. Internal sales and cost recoveries | |||||||||
21. Sub-total | |||||||||
22. Buildings, land and land improvements | |||||||||
23. Lump sum payments | |||||||||
24. Total | |||||||||
|
1 Introduction
2 Confidentiality
3 Geography
4 Dictionary format and contents
5 LAD register
6 Programming tips
Sample LAD program
7 Design of LAD variable acronyms
8 LAD variable definitions
Additional personal exemptions
Adoption Expenses
Age
Age exemption amount
Age imputation flag
Alimony deduction (claimed)
Alimony or support deductions (paid)
Alimony or support income
Amount of self-employed income from T4 slips for a shareholder
Amount of the provincial children's arts tax credit, as claimed by the client
Area size code
Attendant care expenses
Bankruptcy code
Basic personal amount
Benefit for disabled children
British Columbia mining exploration tax credit
British Columbia Harmonized sales tax-credit
British Columbia Low income climate action tax credit
British Columbia seniors' home renovation tax credit
British Columbia shipbuilding and ship repair industry tax credit (employers)
Business income, gross
Business income, net
Business investment loss
Canada employment amount
Canadian Forces personnel and police deduction
Capital gain held in reserve from the disposition of capital property
Capital gains deferral from qualifying dispositions of eligible small business corporation shares
Capital gains exemption, calculated
Capital gains/losses, net taxable
Capital gains or losses, net
Capital gain (or loss) of qualified small business corporation shares
Capital gain or loss on prior year reserves
Caregiver amount
Carrying charges and interest expenses
Census Division (CD)
Census Division - unique
Census metropolitan area (CMA)
Census Metropolitan Area - unique
Census Sub-division (CSD)
Census Sub-division - unique
Census tract (CT)
Census Tract - unique
Charitable donations calculated
Child care expense deduction
Child care expenses amount – enrolled in education
Child care expenses claimed in respect of disabled dependents 18 years of age and older
Children Fitness amount
Children fitness amount (as claimed by the client)
Children, total number by specific year of age
Child Tax benefit
Child Tax credit
Children, number of children under age 18
Children, ages of the seven youngest
Children, total number in family
Children amount deduction
Children deduction, amount transferred to a spouse or common-law partner
Children's Art Amount
Clergy residence deduction
Commission income from T4 slips
Commission income, gross
Commission income, net
CPP/QPP benefits
CPP or QPP deduction or tax credit on self-employment earnings
CPP overpayment
CPP/QPP total contributions payable from self-employment
CPP/QPP contributions through employment T4
CPP/QPP contributions through employment
CPP/QPP disability benefits included in income
CPP earnings code
CPP receipt – number of months
Credit for interest paid on a student loan
Date of departure of emigrant
Death, year of
Deduction for provincial parental insurance plan premiums on self-employment income
Deductions transferred from spouse
Disability amount for a dependent other than spouse
Disability amount for self
Disability deduction transferred
Dividends
Donations and gifts tax credit, federal non-refundable
Donations
Education amount & tuition fees transferred from a child
Educational deduction for full-time student
Educational deduction (full-time) - calculated
Educational deduction for part-time student
Education deduction transferred from a dependant
Elected split pension amount
Elected split pension amount deduction
Elected split pension - Federal Tax amount calculated
Employment Income
Employment income from T4 slips, total
Employment insurance assistance as part of a workforce re-entry initiative
Employment insurance benefits
Employment insurance benefits repaid deduction
Employment insurance overpayment for the provincial parental insurance plan – net
Employment insurance premiums from T4 slips
Employment insurance premiums on self-employment and other eligible earnings
Employment insurance repayment
Entry Date of Immigrant
Equivalent to spouse amount
Expenses, other allowable
Exploration and developments, expenses
Family Allowance received
Family Allowance repayment, calculated
Family Allowance, Quebec
Family benefits
Family benefits, British Columbia
Family caregiver – net income of eligible dependant
Family caregiver – number of dependants
Family caregiver tax credit for a dependant (claimed)
Family caregiver tax credit for a spouse or common-law partner (claimed)
Family flag
Family flag for same sex couple
Family identification number
Family type
Family size
Farming and fishing income eligible for the capital gains deduction from the disposition of eligible capital property
Farming income, gross
Farming income, net
Federal dividend tax credit
Final balance payable/refundable
First Nation Settlement Number
Fishing income gross
Fishing income, net
Foreign business income taxes paid
Foreign taxes paid on foreign income, total amount
Gifts – Cultural and ecological
Gross medical expenses
GST and FST credits
GST rebate for employees and self-employed
Harmonized sales tax credit
Home Buyers Amount
Home Buyer's Plan repayment
Home Buyer's Plan shortfall amount
Home Buyer's Plan withdrawal
Home Relocation Loan deduction, employee
Home Renovation Expenses
Immigrant/emigrant code
Immigrant category
Immigrant's country of birth
Immigrant's country of citizenship at landing
Immigrant's country of last permanent residence
Immigrant's intended occupation
Immigrant's intended place of destination
Immigrant's level of education at landing.
Immigrant's marital status at landing
Immigrant's native language (or mother tongue)
Immigrant's official languages ability indicator
Immigrant's special program code
Immigrant's years of schooling at landing.
Income after tax, total (ISD definition)
Income after tax, including capital gains.
Income before tax, total (CRA definition)
Income before tax, total (ISD definition)
Income before tax, total (ISD definition), including capital gains
Indian exempt employment income
Individual, description of
Interest and investment income
Investment tax credit
Labour-sponsored funds tax credit
Labour sponsored funds tax credit - net cost
LAD identification number
Landing year
Language, English or French
Limited partnership income, net
Limited partnership losses of other years.
Low income status (ISD total income after tax)
Low income status (ISD total income before tax)
Main principal industry sub-sector of employers
Manitoba advance tuition fee income tax rebate
Manitoba fertility treatment tax credit
Marital status
Market income.
Market income, including capital gains
Master categorization of immigrant categories
Medical expenses adjustment
Medical expenses, calculated
Minimum tax carryover
Moving expenses deduction
Net capital gain or loss from bonds, debentures, promissory notes, and other similar properties
Net capital gain or loss from other mortgage foreclosures and conditional sales repossessions
Net capital gain or loss on mortgage foreclosures and conditional sales repossessions of qualified farm property and qualified fishing property
Net capital losses of other years
Net eligible dividends
Net federal supplements
Net Foreign business income received
Net Foreign non-business income received
Net income
Newfoundland Volunteer Firefighter tax credit
Non-capital losses of other years
Non-refundable tax credit, calculated
Non-refundable tax credits
Non-Taxable income
Non-taxable portion of capital gains on gifts of certain capital
Northern Ontario Energy Credit
Northern Ontario Energy Credit, Tax filer applied for the
Northern resident's deduction calculated.
Northwest Territories, Cost of living tax credit
Northwest Territories First Nations Community Resident Code
Nova Scotia affordable living tax credit
Nova Scotia poverty reduction tax credit
Nova Scotia volunteer firefighters and ground search and rescue tax credit
Nova Scotia volunteer firefighters and ground search and rescue tax Credit (as calculated by CRA)
Number of children for whom the taxfiler claimed the family caregiver amount
Number of members with a SIN
Nunavut, Cost of living tax credit
Nunavut, Volunteer firefighter tax credit
Nunavut, Volunteer firefighter tax credit (as calculated by CRA)
Old Age Security pension
Old Age repayment, calculated
Old Age Security Guaranteed Income Supplement Recipient Indicator
Ontario Amount paid for your accommodation in a public long term care home
Ontario apprenticeship training tax credit
Ontario Children's Activity Tax Credit
Ontario Co-operative education tax credit
Ontario Energy and Property Tax Credit – Energy Component of the
Ontario Energy and Property Tax Credit, Tax filer applied for the
Ontario guaranteed annual income system
Ontario healthy home renovation tax credit
Ontario Home energy costs paid for your principal residence on a reserve
Ontario Sales Tax Transition Benefit
Ontario Sales Tax Credit
Other Deductions
Other deductions from net income
Other employment income
Other income
Other than eligible dividends, net
Pension adjustment
Pension and superannuation income
Pension income deduction
Political contributions, gross federal
Political contributions, provincial
Political contribution tax credit, federal
Political contribution tax credit, provincial
Postal code
Postal delivery mode
PPIP included in employment insurance premiums through employment
Presence of individual in LAD Flag
Prince Edward Island volunteer firefighter tax credit
Principal industry sub-sector of employers, number of
Professional income, gross
Professional income, net
Province or territory (SGC)Province assistance benefits
Province of residence
Province of residence, if different than the mailing address
Provincial home buyers tax credit
Provincial Parental Insurance Plan, Premium paid
Provincial parental insurance plan premiums payable on employment
Provincial Parental Insurance Plan Premiums Payable on Self-Employment Income
Provincial refundable tax credits
Provincial seniors' benefit
Public transit passes amount
QPP contribution flag
QPP contributions through employment – T4.
QPP total contributions payable from self-employment in Quebec
Quebec abatement
Refund of investment tax credit
Refundable medical expense supplement
Registered disability savings plan
Registered pension plan contribution
Regular employment insurance benefits payable
Rental income, gross
Rental income, net
RRSP, earned income for (calculated)
RRSP, transfers to a
RRSP contributions
RRSP deduction limit, current year
RRSP deduction limit amount, next year
RRSP income
RRSP income for persons aged 65 and over
RRSP spousal contributions
Saskatchewan graduate tuition refundSaskatchewan Low Income Tax Credit
Saskatchewan Pension Plan contributions
Secondary principal industry sub-sector of employers
Self-employment income exemption for Status Indians flag
Self-employment income flag
Self-employment income for an Indian registered, or eligible to be registered, under the Indian Act
Self-employment, net income
Sex of individual
Social assistance income
Social benefits repayment
Social insurance number, change code
Spouse or Common-law partner amount
Spouse's universal child care benefit repayment
Standard industrial classification code
Stock option benefit deduction
T4 slips issued to individual, number of
Tax, net federal calculated
Tax, net provincial calculated
Tax deducted for OAS required clawback
Taxable amount of dividends (eligible and other than eligible) from taxable Canadian corporations
Taxable Income
Tax paid by instalments
Taxation province
Tax-Free Savings Account Fair Market Value.
Tax-Free Savings Account Total Contributions
Tax-Free Savings Account Total Withdrawals.
Tax return type code, filer
Total amount of spousal and child support payments paid
Total amount of spousal and child support payments received
Total deductions for calculation of net income
Total EI insurable earnings on Self-employment income
Total income tax deducted
Total proceeds of disposition of mortgage foreclosures and conditional sales repossessions of qualified farm property and qualified fishing property
Total proceeds of disposition of qualified small business corporation shares - Capital Gains (or Losses)
Transfer payment income
Trust tax credit
Tuition and education transferred by spouse
Tuition and education amounts, total calculated amount claimed as a credit
Tuition fees for self
Union, professional and other dues
Universal Child Care Benefit
Universal child care benefit designated to dependent child
Universal Child Care Benefit Repayment
Volunteer Firefighter tax credit (Federal credit)
Workers' compensation payments
Working Income Tax Benefit
Working income tax benefit advance payments
Working Income Tax Benefit Basic Amount, Calculated
Working Income Tax Benefit Supplement Amount, Calculated
Working Income Tax Benefit Total Working Income Amount, Calculated
Yukon First Nation Resident Code
Yukon, First Nations tax credit claimed
Yukon Federal refundable First Nations abatement
9 Selected income variable counts and amounts for individuals, 2011 to 2012
10 Correspondence with the IMDB variables
11 Definition of total income variables
Table 1 Components of XTIRC, 2013
Table 2 Components of MKINC, 1982 to 2013
Table 3 History of components of XTIRC
Table 4 Differences between TIRC and XTIRC, 1982 to 2013
Table 4 Part 2 Variables to be added or removed from TIRC to create XTIRC
Table 5 Definition of XTIRC, 1982 to 2013
Table 6 Definition of MKINC, 1982 to 2013
The Longitudinal Administrative Databank (LAD) is a subset of the T1 Family File (T1FF). The T1FF is a yearly cross-sectional file of all taxfilers and their families. Census families are created from information provided annually to the Canada Revenue Agency in personal income tax returns. Both legal and common law spouses are attached by the spousal Social Insurance Number (SIN) listed on the tax form, or by matching based on name, address, age, sex, and marital status. Children are identified through a similar algorithm and supplementary files. Prior to 1993, non-filing children were identified from information on their parents' tax form. Information from the Family Allowance Program was used to assist in the identification of children. Since 1993, information from the Child Tax Benefit Program has been used for this purpose.
The LAD is a random, 20% sample of the T1FF. Selection for LAD is based on an individual's SIN. There is no age restriction, but people without a SIN can only be included in the family component. Once a person is selected for the LAD, the individual remains in the sample and is picked up each year from the T1FF if he or she appears on the T1 that year. Individuals selected for the LAD are linked across years by a unique LAD identification number (LIN__I) generated from the SIN, to create a longitudinal profile of each individual. The LAD is augmented up each year with a sample of new taxfilers so that it consists of approximately 20% of taxfilers for every year. The 20% sample has increased from 3,227,485 people in 1982 to 5,385,200 in 2013 (an increase of 67%). This increase reflects increases in the Canadian population and increases in the incidence of tax filing as a result of the introduction of the Federal sales tax credit in 1986 and the Goods and Services Tax credit in 1989.
The LAD is organized into four levels of aggregation, namely the individual, spouse/parent, family, and child(ren) levels. The databank contains information on demographics, income, and other taxation data at the different levels of aggregation from 1982-2013, with new years of data being added as the information becomes available. Changes in tax legislation and in the design of the T1 form itself have resulted in some variables not being available for all years as well as some minor definitional changes from one year to the next.
The LAD is currently linked with the Longitudinal Immigration Database (IMDB) containing immigration records from 1980 to 2012. This linkage has been approved by the Statistics Canada Executive Management Board (EMB). Further information is available at
http://www.statcan.gc.ca/record-enregistrement/2008-eng.htm.
The LAD has been designed to serve as a research tool from which custom tabulations can be prepared. This dictionary, in turn, has been created to assist researchers in identifying the type of information that is available from the LAD. It identifies and defines the LAD variables including historical changes.
Statistics Canada protects the confidentiality of individuals' tax data. Only aggregated information that conforms to the confidentiality provision of the Statistics Act is released. The LAD resides within Statistics Canada and all retrievals are done on site. Only a small staff within the Income Statistics Division (ISD) can access such data directly. This means that users must specify their data requirements to these persons who then carry out the retrieval. More information on the confidentiality procedures can be obtained from Client Services.
Data from the LAD are available for various levels of geography including Canada, provinces/territories, and regions (such as Census Division (CD), Census Metropolitan Area /Census Agglomeration (CMA/CA), Census sub-division (CSD) and Census Tracts (CT), etc.). Many other levels of geography are not included on the main LAD database, for example Economic Region (ER) and Federal Electoral District (FED); however these may be available in the LAD using the Postal Code Conversion File.
Outlined below is a brief description of the next nine sections of the LAD Dictionary.
The LAD register (Section 5) is a file that is used in conjunction with the yearly LAD files. The Register outlines the years that an individual is on the LAD and provides information on the taxfiler's sex, year of birth, and year of death. This section provides a brief description of this file and describes how it can be used to enhance LAD data analysis.
The Programming tips section (Section 6) provides information on writing programs for LAD retrievals. This information will assist those individuals who want to better access data from LAD files using the effective programming structure.
The Design of LAD variable acronyms (Section 7) is a description of the variable acronym structure. It provides insight into how to interpret the variable acronyms and information on the aggregation levels.
The LAD variable definitions (Section 8), alphabetically lists each variable by name. In addition, the following information is provided for each variable:
The Variable counts and amounts for individuals (section 9), outlines, for many variables, at the individual aggregate level, the count of individuals and the dollar amounts reported for the two most recent years of LAD data. Persons included in these counts and amounts are those who have been selected into the LAD sample.
The Correspondence with the IMDB variables (section 10) presents the variables from the Longitudinal Immigration Database (IMDB) that are linked with the LAD.
The Definition of total income variables (Section 11) identifies and defines total income variables and highlights historical changes. Also provided are tables that outline and compare the variables that comprise market income and the Canada Revenue Agency's (CRA) and Income Statistics Division's (ISD) definitions of total income.
The tables outlined in this section are the following:
Finally, How to obtain more information on the inside cover provides information on how to contact us by telephone, mail, fax, or e-mail from across Canada.
The LAD register is a companion data file to the yearly LAD files. It contains a selected number of variables for all individuals who are present at any time in the LAD. These variables have characteristics that should remain constant over time and thus may not be identified in a particular yearly file. A new LAD register is created every year with the addition of a new LAD yearly file from taxfiler information provided from living or deceased taxfilers and imputed individuals. Thus, the current register contains the most up-to-date information on individuals present in the LAD. On rare occasions, new information on individuals may differ from that on the existing file. In these instances, current information supersedes information in the existing LAD register.
The LAD register is a quick reference tool that can provide basic data without accessing the yearly files. For example, information such as the number of individuals in the LAD by age and sex in a given year can be tabulated directly from the register. Further, the LAD register can be employed in conjunction with the yearly files. In particular, it is recommended that the age of an individual be calculated from the register's information on the year of birth rather than relying on the age information in the yearly files in order to ensure that it is consistent across years.
Following is a list of the variables that can be found on the register:
LIN__I: This is a numeric variable uniquely identifying each individual in LAD
SXCO_I: This is a character variable identifying the sex of the individual.
'F': females 'M': males
' ': when blank, the sex of the individual has not been identified
YOB__I: This is a four digit numeric field identifying the year of birth of the individual (e.g. 1947). The age of the individual in any given year can be calculated by subtracting the year of birth from that given year (e.g. in 2000, an individual born in 1965 would be 2000-1965 = 35 at the end of the 2000 calendar year).
YOD__I: This is a four digit numeric field identifying the year of death of the individual. For individuals who have not passed away, this field is missing.
FLAG_I (plus the relevant LAD year, for example FLAG_I1982, etc). These are character variables that identify the years in which an individual is present in the LAD files. They take the following values:
'1': the individual has filed in that year
'2': information for the individual has been imputed for that year
' ': (blank): the individual is not present in that year.
TTNFLI: Flag to indicate whether or not an individual has a temporary SIN, where:
'Y' (Yes) = Temporary SIN;
'N' (No) = No temporary SIN.
Temporary SINs are issued to temporary workers, non-residents, students with student visas, etc. In these cases, a SIN may change from one year to the next if, for instance, the individual becomes a permanent resident or a Canadian citizen. In the LAD files, LIN__I generated from the original SIN is maintained in order to ensure that information for an individual can be linked across years.
IMMFLI: Flag to indicate whether or not an individual is a Canadian immigrant, who landed between 1980 and the present, where:
'Y' (Yes) = Immigrant;
'N' (No) = Not an immigrant.
LNDYR I: This is a four digit numeric field identifying the landing year in which the immigrant landed (e.g. 1990). For individuals who are not an immigrant, this field is missing.
WGT__INote : 1 : This is an individual noise weighting variable used with all procedures invoked in the SAS programs on the LAD 10% sample. It is a noise variable used to protect confidentiality. This variable is also found in the yearly files.
WGT2_I: As the previous variable this is an individual noise variable used to protect confidentiality. This weighting variable is used with all procedures invoked by the SAS programs with the LAD 20% sample. This variable is found in the yearly files as well.
This section provides programming information for individuals who want to have a better understanding of the programming structure used to access data from the LAD files. Please note that individuals may undertake their own programming, however, only a small staff within Statistics Canada can carry out these retrievals. Access to the LAD files is restricted to protect the confidentiality of an individual's tax data and any data that are made available will be screened through a set of rules designed to prevent disclosure.
There are two types of LAD files— the yearly LAD data files and the LAD register (for more details on the LAD register, refer to section 5, LAD register). LAD variables are identified with a variable name that consists of three parts: 1) the acronym name, 2) the aggregate level, and 3) the year (the four-digit year extension exists in most, but not all cases). Observations in the LAD files are sorted by a variable, named lin__i (note that there is no year extension for this variable), which enables users to maintain a link across years.
Data access is undertaken with SAS programming language. The next page contains a sample SAS program designed to access LAD data. The library assignments on the first three lines are the locations for the input files (first two lines) and the output files (the third line). The input files are in SAS format and can therefore be accessed with a SET or MERGE statement. This 20 % sample based program is aimed at retrieving the number of Social Assistance (SA) recipients in Ontario that did not have any earnings appearing on their T4 slips,according to sex and year (in this case, 2000 to 2002). It is generally recommended that programs use the variables available in the register rather than the yearly files because the register information contains the most recent data. For example, the following program uses sxco_i, a variable found in the register, rather than sxco_i&yr, the variable found in the yearly LAD files. The flag_i&yr variables in the register are useful to identify individuals who have filed in a given year. In this program, only individuals who have filed every year from 2000 to 2002 are selected. At the end of the program, four tables are created from the output data file. Note that for confidentiality purposes, the weight variables wgt__i (with the LAD 10% sample) or wgt2_i (with the LAD 20% sample) must be used whenever a SAS procedure such as FREQ or LOGISTIC is invoked.
When programming in SAS, it is important to keep in mind the distinction between missing values and zeros in numeric fields. With SAS, most mathematical operations undertaken with missing values will return missing values. In LAD, in years that an individual is present, numeric variables not relevant to that individual have a value of zero. For example, if a non-family person has filed in 2000, then the value for RRSPSI2000 (contributions to a spouse's RRSP) should be zero. If that individual has not filed in 2000, then the value will be missing. Thus, as a safety precaution, it is suggested that all numeric variables to be used in mathematical expressions be initialized to zero if missing, before using them.
* Sample SAS program using the LAD;
libname source1 '/LADdata/data1'; * first 10% sample ;
libname source2 '/LADdata/data2'; * second 10% sample ;
libname Out '/LADuser/xxxx/data'; * user's directory ;
* This sample program's objective is to use the 20% LAD to retrieve the number of Social Assistance (SA) recipients in Ontario that did not have any earnings appearing on their T4 slips, according to sex and year (in this case, 2000 to 2002). Data for provinces and earnings are from the yearly LAD files whereas the sex variable is from the 2002LAD register (the most recent). ;
* The first step is to create a datafile containing all the information that we need to produce our tables. This datafile will be called SAOnt and will be saved in the 'out' directory. The Longitudinal Identifier Number (LIN__I) is used to merge the annual LAD datasets. ;
data out.SAOnt;
merge
source1.lad2000(where=(prco_i2000 = 5) keep=lin__i prco_i2000 saspyi2000 t4e__i2000)
source2.lad2000(where=(prco_i2000 = 5) keep=lin__i prco_i2000 saspyi2000 t4e__i2000)
source1.lad2001(where=(prco_i2001 = 5) keep=lin__i prco_i2001 saspyi2001 t4e__i2001)
source2.lad2001(where=(prco_i2001 = 5) keep=lin__i prco_i2001 saspyi2001 t4e__i2001)
source1.lad2002(where=(prco_i2002 = 5) keep=lin__i prco_i2002 saspyi2002 t4e__i2002)
source2.lad2002(where=(prco_i2002 = 5) keep=lin__i prco_i2002 saspyi2002 t4e__i2002)
source1.reg2002(keep=lin__i sxco_i flag_i2000-flag_i2002 wgt2_i)
source2. reg2002(keep=lin__i sxco_i flag_i2000-flag_i2002 wgt2_i);
by lin__i ;
If flag_i2000=1 and flag_i2001=1 and flag_i2002=1; *person must be taxfiler in all 3 years;
* We create a flag variable that identifies the SA receipients for each year. The result is three variables, flag_sa2000, flag_sa2001 and flag_sa2002, taking a value of either 1 or 0.
If (t4e__i2000=0 and saspyi2000>0) then flag_sa2000 = 1 ;
else flag_sa2000 = 0 ;
if (t4e__i2001=0 and saspyi2001>0) then flag_sa2001 = 1 ;
else flag_sa2001 = 0 ;
if (t4e__i2002=0 and saspyi2002>0)then flag_sa2002 = 1 ;
else flag_sa2002 = 0 ;
run ;
* The SAS 'freq' procedure is used to produce our tables. We would also need to make sure that confidentiality guidelines standards are respected. ;proc freq data = out.SAOnt;
tables sxco_i*flag_sa2000*flag_sa2001*flag_sa2002 /missing;
weight wgt2_i ;
run ;
* End of the sample program ;
Most LAD variables have a ten-character acronym. Each acronym consists of three parts, namely the variable name (five characters), the aggregate level (one character), and the calendar year (four characters), e.g. XTIRCI2000.
The variable name is the principal component of the acronym. The characters identify the type of information provided by the variable (see section 8 "LAD Variable Definitions").
The one-character aggregate level character provides information on individuals of the census family according to the designated level of aggregation. There are four possibilities, namely 'I', 'P', 'F', and 'K' representing individual, parents, family and children (kids) respectively. The family types outlined in these aggregate levels refer to the status of the family at the end of the tax year. Following are details about each of these aggregate levels:
I (Individual):
A variable with this aggregate level provides information only for the individual (to be selected into the sample, an individual must have a SIN). In most cases this information is taken from the individual's own tax formNote : 2, though some individuals who have not filed are imputed from a spouse's tax form or from information from an earlier year, and therefore have imputed information (since 1993 imputed children can be selected into the sample).
P (Parents/spouse):
This aggregate level indicates that the variable contains data for the parent(s) in the census family for couple families or for single-parent families. For couple families, Parents/spouse represents the partner's individual characteristics. The income is the sum of the income of the two parents / spouses. The partner's income in particular year is the difference between this summed income and the individual income eg. XTIRCP2000 – XTIRCI2000. In the case of lone-parent families or persons not in census families, Parents/spouse is the parent's or person not in census families' individual information.
Because deceased people are attached to families, there are some cases in which variables at the 'P' aggregate level contain information for more than two individuals. If an individual who is a person not in a census family as of December 31st of the year had a spouse who died during the year, the parent aggregate level may contain information for both the individual and his or her spouse. This can occur if an individual's spouse has recently passed away and the individual has since remarried. In such cases, the 'P' variables can contain information for three people, the individual, the individual's living spouse, and the individual's deceased spouse. There are a few variables with a 'P' aggregate level that provide information on only one person in the census family regardless of the family composition. These variables include age, gross business / commission / farming / fishing / professional income, immigrant/emigrant code, English/French language, landing year and year of death.
F (Family):
This aggregate level indicates that the information in the variable is an aggregate of all members in the individual's census family, including the individual himself/herself. Once again, note that deceased individuals are attached to families; therefore this variable can contain information aggregated over more individuals than just the census family. The exceptions are LIMATIyyyy and LIMXTIyyyy, which are the low income status variables using ISD's after-tax income and total income definitions, respectively. These two variables are dichotomous variables (i.e. 0 or 1). Additional exceptions are gross business income (BGRS_Fyyyy), gross commission income (CMGRSFyyyy), gross farming income (FMGRSFyyyy), gross fishing income (FSGRSFyyyy), and gross professional income (PFGRSFyyyy), which contain the largest gross self-employment income amongst all the people in the census family.
K (Kids):
This aggregate level indicates that the information in this variable pertain to children in the census family. Note that these variables are on a different file. There are only two variables available for all children in a census family. They are age (AGE__Kyyyy) and the family identification number (FIN__Iyyyy). The remaining 'K' variables have information only for tax-filing children, and are left blank or replaced by zero for non-filing children.
The four-characters for the calendar year, identifies the year to which the variable is associated. The LAD data are stored in separate files for each calendar year; therefore all variables in a particular year file will have the same four-character calendar year reference. The only exception in the yearly files is the variable LIN__I, the LAD individual identification number, which is available for each observation present in each year file, but does not have a calendar year as part of the acronym (note that there is also a variable for spousal LIN (LIN__PyyyyNote : 3) which does have the year extension as part of the acronym name). In the register file, the exceptions to the four character year are LIN__I, SXCO_I, YOB__I, YOD__I, LNDYRI, TTNFLI and IMMFLI, which are the individual's LIN, sex, year of birth, year of death, landing year, temporary SIN flag, and immigrant flag, respectively.
Example of a definition structure. This figure explains how each variables of the LAD will be described. The variable name appears first then below on the right side is the available years of the variable. The definition of the variable follows. Then a line (Derived from:) describes the source from which the variable was derived. The LAD acronym (five characters) and the aggregate levels available (one character each) are the last line of the definition. Also, when the field is a character it is identified on the last line.
(1982 to present)
Definition: Additional personal exemptions refer to the additional personal amounts field on the T1 General. Additional personal amounts is a non-refundable tax credit comprised of the "equivalent-to spouse" amount. Also included is an amount for infirm dependants age 18 or older (since 1997).
Derived from: Line 305 Schedule 1 (1988 to 1992)
Line 305 and 306 Schedule 1 (1993 to 2003)
Line 306 Schedule 1 (2004 to present)
LAD: APXMP I, F, P
(2005 to present)
Definition: The amount of Adoption expense, as calculated by the system. Under proposed legislation, you will be allowed to claim a non refundable credit for certain adoption expenses. The maximum eligible expenses related to the adoption of any child under the age of 18 years are:
$10,445 in 2007
$10,643 in 2008
$10,909 in 2009
$10,975 in 2010
$11,128 in 2011
$11,440 in 2012
$11,669 in 2013
in earlier years the maximum was $10,000.
These expenses may be split between two adoptive parents, but the combined total expenses cannot exceed the $11,440 maximum limit for each child. In T1FF, it has been decided to allow a maximum of 3 children being adopted in the same year for a maximum of $30,000.
Derived from: Line 313 Schedule 1
LAD: ADEXP I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: The age is calculated by subtracting the individual's year of birth from the tax year of the data. The age is defined as of December 31st of the tax year.
An individual's age may not be consistent from one year to the next. It is recommended that age be recalculated from the year of birth (YOB) information on the current LAD register that contains the most recent age information available.
Any taxfiler or imputed individual with an age greater than 99 does not have his or her actual age in the field, but the value 99.
Derived from: Personal information section, T1 tax form (1982 to present)
LAD: AGE__ I, P, K
(1982 to present)
Definition: An individual who is 65 years or older at the end of the tax year is entitled to claim a personal age exemption.
Derived from: Line 301 Schedule 1 (1988 to present)
"Claim for personal exemptions" section (1982 to1987)
LAD: AXMP_ I, F, P
(1991 to present)
Definition: This flag is an indicator of the origin of the Year of Birth.
0: year of birth derived from year of birth (YOB) or child year of birth fields.
1: imputed year of birth.
Derived from: T1FF processing
LAD: AGEFL I, K
(1997 to present)
Definition: The amount of alimony deduction claimed in the year as calculated by the system. These are deductible support payments for a spouse or common-law partner or for a child, which were made in the current tax year. In general, only payment made pursuant to an order, decree, judgement or a written separation agreement, are deductible.
Derived from: Line 220
LAD: ALMDC I, F, P
(1986 to present)
Definition: An alimony deduction is the money paid by the taxfiler to a former spouse for spousal support (alimony) and/or for child support (maintenance).
From 1986 to 1996: Both alimony and maintenance payments could be deducted from the income.
Effective May 1, 1997, there were major changes to the taxation of child support and not all child support can be deducted from income. The following highlights the changes:
For child support agreements made prior to May 1, 1997 but changed after April 30, 1997, child support is no longer a deduction from income by the payer and it is no longer included as an income for the recipient. (Same rules as outlined in #1).
Under this new legislation, spousal support (alimony) continues to be a deduction for the payer only if the payer – when applicable – has provided child support. The recipient of spousal support must claim it as a source of income. (See also TALIP)
Derived from: Line 230 (1997 to present), Line 220 (1986 to 1996)
LAD: ALMDN I, F, P (formerly ALMDM from 1986 to 1995, retroactively changed to ALMDN in 1996)
TIRC_: From 1982 to 1985, this income was included with Other Income (OI___). Starting in 1986, a unique variable (ALMI_) was available
XTIRC: Same as TIRC
LAD: ALMI_ I, F, P
(1986 to present)
Definition: Alimony income is the Taxable income received by the taxfiler from a former spouse, for spousal support (alimony) and/or for child support (maintenance).
From 1986 to 1996: Both alimony and maintenance payments could be taxable income.
Effective May 1, 1997, there were major changes to the taxation of child support.
Under this new legislation, spousal support (alimony) continues to be a deduction for the payer only if the payer – when applicable – has provided child support. The recipient of spousal support must claim it as a source of income. (See also TALIR)
Derived from: Line 156 (1997 to present), Line 128 (1986 to 1996)
TIRC_: From 1982 to 1985, this income was included with Other Income (OI___). Starting in 1986, a unique variable (ALMI_) was available
XTIRC: Same as TIRC
(2010 to present)
Definition: If you are employed by a corporation but not eligible to participate in the EI program as an employee because you control more than 40 percent of the voting shares of that corporation, enter the amount from box 14 of all your T4 slips received from that corporation unless Box 14 of your T4 slip may include certain amounts that are not insurable earnings, such as:
Derived from: Line 5493 Schedule 13
LAD: SEISHRHDR_ I, F, P
(2012 to present)
Definition: A taxfiler can claim a maximum of $500 per child for fees paid in the calendar year relating to the cost of registration or membership for their or their spouse's or common-law partner's child in a prescribed program of artistic, cultural, recreational, or developmental activity. The child must have been under 16 years of age (or under 18 years of age if eligible for the disability amount) at the beginning of the year in which an eligible arts expense was paid.
The tax filer can claim this amount as long as another person has not already claimed the same fees and the total claimed is not more than the maximum amount that would be allowed if only one of them were claiming the amount.
Children with disabilities – If the child qualifies for the disability amount and is under 18 years of age at the beginning of the year, an additional amount of $500 can be claimed as long as a minimum of $100 is paid for registration or membership fees for a prescribed program.
Notes
Eligible expenses do not include amounts that can be claimed as the federal children's fitness amount or as a deduction by any individual, such as the child care expenses deduction (line 214). As well, eligible expenses do not include amounts that have been claimed as a tax credit by any individual.
Programs that are part of a school curriculum are not eligible.
Derived from: Line 370 Schedule 1
LAD: NRPROVCLDAT_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: An area size code classifies segments of the population by grouping them into specific urban size ranges or within a rural area represented by a code. Within T1 Family File (T1FF) and LAD each postal code has a corresponding Area Size Rank (ASR) code. The population counts for postal codes were aggregated by ASR code to the Canada level. The resulting variable yields six categories of area size:
1 – Urban area, population 500,000+
2 – Urban area, population 100,000 – 499,999
3 – Urban area, population 30,000 – 99,999
4 – Urban area, population 15,000 – 29,999
5 – Urban area, population 1,000 – 14,999
6 – Rural area, population less than 1,000+
Derived from: ISD Geography Conversion file using Postal Code Delivery Mode file from Canada Post
LAD: ASR__ I, F
(1989 to present)
Definition: Previously called Attendant Care Expenses referred to a claim made by a tax filer who had a severe and prolonged (12 months) mental or physical disability for the amount of attendant care necessary to enable the tax filer to earn income. There was a maximum allowable claim of $5,000 (or $10,000 in the year of death) from 1991 to 1996. Beginning in 1997, the maximum has been set to $10,000 for medical care credit (attendant) and in the year of death, the maximum is $20,000. Under the equivalent to married claim, unused portions of this exemption can often be transferred to the spouse, parent, or grandparent of the tax filer.
Now called Disability Supports Deduction (also includes disability supports expenses such as sign language interpretation services). The definition was broadened and the expense limits increased (e.g. the 2/3 of earned income limit has been removed in 2004).
Derived from: Line 215 T1
LAD: ACEXP I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: The bankruptcy code documents whether or not a taxfiler was bankrupt during the tax year. The following is a listing of the bankruptcy codes:
0 – T/P (taxpayer) is not bankrupt
1 – send all refunds to taxpayer, trustee not interested in refund
2 – send only post bankrupt refund to trustee, trustee interested in post
3 – send all refunds to trustee, trustee interested in all refunds.
Additional values for the year (1996) are :
4 - No longer exists
5 - Year prior to the year of bankruptcy
6 - Year subsequent to the year of bankruptcy where bankruptcy not discharged.
Derived from: Revenue Canada file.
LAD: BKRPT I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: The basic personal amount eligible for tax credit is available for individual taxpayers who throughout the tax year either carried on business in Canada or were resident in Canada.
Derived from: Line 300 Schedule 1 (1988 to present)
"Claim for personal exemptions" section (1982 to 1987)
LAD: BPXMP I, F, P
(2009 to present)
Definition: Benefits for disabled children are paid to families with at least one disabled child aged 18 or more. At the beginning, the CDB was a tax-free benefit for low-income and modest-income families caring for children under the age of 18 who have severe and prolonged mental or physical impairment. The CDB is paid as a monthly supplement to the Canada Child Tax Benefit (CCTB) and the Children's Special Allowances (CSA) payments. The CDB comes from the Child Benefits file. It is not a component of XTIRC because it is already included in CTBI. There are instances where the amount of CDB is greater than CTBI due to adjustments made at CRA.
Derived from: Child Tax Benefit file, Canada Revenue Agency
LAD: CTBDS I, F, P.
(2010 to present)
Definition: You can claim this 20% refundable tax credit if you were resident in British Columbia at the end of the year and you incurred qualified mining exploration expenses in the province.
Qualified mining exploration expenses incurred after February 20, 2007, in prescribed Mountain Pine Beetle affected areas are eligible for an enhanced tax credit of 10%, in addition to the 20% tax credit.
The expenses must have been incurred for determining the existence, location, extent, or quality of a mineral resource in British Columbia.
Derived from: Line 6051 Form BC479
LAD: BCMETCC_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: This new credit (BCHSTC) is a non-taxable refundable payment to help low-income individuals and families offset the impact of the sales taxes they pay. The BCHSTC payment is combined with the quarterly payment of the federal GST/HST credit. To get payments under the BCHSTC, you (or your spouse or common-law partner) should apply for the GST/HST credit on page 1 of your (or your spouse's or common-law partner's) tax return. The information you give on your return(s) will determine how much BCHSTC you will get starting in July 2011.
Derived from: CRA calculation (see also Pamphlet RC4210, GST/HST Credit)
LAD: BCHSTC_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: The BCLICATC is a tax-free payment to help low-income individuals and families with the carbon taxes they pay. The BCLICATC payment is combined with the quarterly payment of the GST/HST credit and the BCHSTC. To get payments under the BCLICATC, you (or your spouse or common-law partner) should apply for the GST/HST credit on page 1 of your (or your spouse's or common-law partner's) tax return. The information you give on your return(s) will determine how much BCLICATC you will get.
Derived from: CRA calculation (see also Pamphlet RC4210, GST/HST Credit)
LAD: BCLICATC_ I, F, P
(2012 to present)
Definition: A tax credit of 15% of eligible expenses for renovations performed to the principal residence or property of a senior citizen residing in British Columbia in the specific tax year. A tax filer may be eligible for this credit if:
The improvements must be of an enduring nature and be integral to the home or land.
If the tax filer shared a principal residence with one or more family members, one of them may claim the entire amount of eligible expenses, or all members may each claim a portion of the expenses. The tax filer can claim the lesser of $10,000 and the amount of eligible expenses that they, or someone on their behalf, paid or incurred related to the principal residence.
Derived from: Line (box/field) 6048 Form BC479
LAD: BCSENHRTC_ I, F, P
(2012 to present)
Definition: A tax filer can claim this refundable tax credit in respect of salaries and wages paid if they met all of the following conditions:
If they were a member of a partnership other than a specified member, such as a limited partner, they can claim their proportionate share of the partnership's training tax credit.
Derived from: Line 10 Form BC479
LAD: BCSSRITC_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Gross business income is the entire income of the taxfiler's unincorporated business (e.g. dentist, accountant, physician, etc.), before costs and expenses are deducted. If the enterprise is a partnership, each partner reports the income of the whole operation.
Until 1994, reporting of self-employment income was on a fiscal year basis and the fiscal year end was the end of the taxation year for reporting this income. Beginning in 1995, most individuals are required to report self-employment income on a calendar year basis. However, eligible individuals may be able to use an alternative method of reporting whereby the fiscal period does not end on December 31. Due to this rule change, individuals reporting self-employment income in 1995 may have reported more than one fiscal year's income (i.e. more than 12 months).
Note: When this variable is reported for more than one person in a family, the family's and parent's aggregate levels contain only the amount from one of these persons, precisely the highest value from all. It has been assumed that when more than one person in the family reports this self-employment income, these family persons are supposed to be all working for the same business.
Derived from: Line 162 (1984 to present), Line 84 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: BGRS_ I, F, P (Formerly SGBUS from 1982 to 1995, retroactively changed to BGRS_ in 1996)
(1982 to present)
Definition: Net business income is the taxfiler's share of income (gain or loss) from an unincorporated business, after costs and expenses are deducted. It is a component of self-employment income. Amounts reported by the taxfiler might be positive, negative or zero.
Until 1994, reporting of self-employment income was on a fiscal year basis and the fiscal year end was the end of the taxation year for reporting this income. Beginning in 1995, most individuals are required to report self-employment income on a calendar year basis. However, eligible individuals may be able to use an alternative method of reporting whereby the fiscal period does not end on December 31. Due to this rule change, individuals reporting self-employment income in 1995 may have reported more than one fiscal year's income (i.e. more than 12 months).
Derived from: Line 135 (1984 to present), Line 19 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: BNET_ I, F, P (formerly SNBUS from 1982 to 1995, retroactively changed to BNET_ in 1996
(1988 to present)
Definition: A business investment loss results from the actual or deemed disposition of certain capital properties. It can happen when the tax filer dispose of one of the following to a person the tax filer deals with at arm's length:
The tax filer may also have such a loss if he/she is deemed to have disposed of, for nil proceeds of disposition, a debt or a share of a small business corporation under any of the following circumstances:
A small business corporation owes the tax filer a debt (other than a debt from the sale of personal-use property) that is considered to be a bad debt at the end of the year.
At the end of the year, the tax filer owns a share (other than a share he/she received as consideration from the sale of personal-use property) of a small business corporation that:
Derived from: Line 217 T1
LAD: KLCBC I, F, P
(2006 to present)
Definition: The Canada employment amount is a non-refundable tax credit available for the first $1,000 of employment income earned. The credit is based on the lesser of base amount of $1,000, indexed for inflation each year after 2007; and total employment income reported on lines 101 and 104 of the tax return. The amount provides recognition for work-related expenses such as home computers, uniforms and supplies in the public and private sector. Self-employed individuals are not eligible to claim this amount.
Derived from: Line 363 Schedule 1
LAD: CEA__ I, F, P
(2004 to present)
Definition: A new deduction that applies for 2004 and subsequent years for certain members of the Canadian Forces and Canadian police services if deployed outside Canada on a high-risk or current moderate-risk operational mission (amounts taken from Box 43 of T4 slips).
Derived from: Line 244
LAD: CFPDN I, F, P
(2009 to 2010)
Definition: A capital gain from a reserve brought into income qualifies for the capital gains deduction only if the original capital gain was from a property eligible for the deduction.
Derived from: Form T2017
LAD: KGHRS I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: The capital gains deferral is available for the disposition of eligible small business corporation shares made in 2010. The investment can be made by an individual in any particular corporation (or related group).
Derived from: Line 161 Schedule 3
LAD: KGSBINVDFR_ I, F, P
(1986 to present)
Definition: A capital gains exemption refers to the amount of capital gains that a taxfiler is able to deduct from Taxable income. A capital gain (loss) arises whenever there is a disposition or deemed disposition of capital property (i.e. when a taxfiler sells eligible capital property for more (less) than its initial cost. The Capital Gains Exemption is an optional deduction from Taxable income.
Both the number of individuals and the amounts reported were unusually high in 1994, in which there was a change in legislation whereby individuals could no longer claim a deduction for gains realized after February 1994 on property other than qualified small business corporation shares or qualified farm property. However, individuals could report all or part of their capital gains that were accrued before February 23, 1994 so that they could benefit from the unused part of their $100,000 capital gain exemption.
Derived from: Line 254 (1986 to present)
LAD: GGEX_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: A capital gain or loss occurs when there is a disposition or deemed disposition of capital property, only a fraction of net capital gains are taxable.
The following is the percentage of capital gains that is taxable:
Both the number of individuals and the amounts reported were unusually high in 1994, in which there was a change in legislation whereby individuals could no longer claim a deduction for gains realized after February 1994 on property other than qualified small business corporation shares or qualified farm property. However, individuals could report all or part of their capital gains that were accrued before February 23, 1994 so that they could benefit from the unused part of their $100,000 capital gain exemption.
For the year 2000, taxfilers include in their income 75% of capital gains realized before February 28, 66.67% of gains realized from February 28 to October 17 and 50% after this date. The cumulative capital gains deduction limit is $250,000.
To get the actual net capital gains/losses, divide CLKGL by 0.50 from 1982 to 1987, by 0.66 in 1988 and 1989, by 0.75 from 1990 to 1999. For 2000 to present, this variable has been calculated for you (CLKGX).
Derived from: Line 127 (1984 to present), Line 17 (1982 to 1983)
TIRC_: Included from 1982 to present.
XTIRC: Not present.
LAD: CLKGL I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: These are the net capital gains or losses before multiplying by a conversion factor to get the Net taxable capital gains or losses.
Derived from: T1FF processing, on Schedule 3 Line 9 (2000), Line 197 (2001 to present)
LAD: CLKGX I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: The net capital gain or loss from the disposition of qualified small business corporation shares. For more information see variable SBDSPGRS_.
Derived from: Line 107 Schedule 3
LAD: SBNGLSH_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: Generally, the maximum period over which most reserves can be claimed is 5 years. However, a 10 year reserve period is provided for transfers to your child of family farm property, family fishing property, and small business corporation shares, as well as gifts of non-qualifying securities made to a qualified donee.
Derived from: Line 192 Schedule 3
LAD: KGAPPLRSVC I, F, P
(1998 to present)
Definition: The amount of the caregiver tax credit claimed by the taxfiler on the return. Beginning in 1998, a taxfiler who, either alone or with another person maintained a dwelling were the taxfiler and a dependant lived, the taxfiler can claim a caregiver amount for this dependant. Each dependant for whom the taxfiler claims this amount must have been one of the following individuals:
- Your or your spouse or common-law's child or grandchild
- Your or your spouse or common-law's brother, sister, niece, nephew, aunt, uncle, parent or grandparent, who was resident in Canada. You cannot claim this amount for a person who was only visiting you.
In addition, each dependant must meet ALL of the following conditions:
- been 18 or over at the time they lived with you
- had a net income (line 236 of the dependant's tax return) of less than the specified amount for the tax year (for example, $17,745 in 2007), and
- been dependent on the taxfiler due to mental or physical infirmity, or if they are your parent or grandparent (including in-laws) and age 65 or older.
LAD: CAREG I, F, P
(1986 to present)
Definition: A taxfiler can claim the following carrying charges and interest they paid to earn income from investments:
Derived from: Line 221 T1
LAD: CYCGI I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Census division (CD) is the general term for provincially legislated areas (such as county, "municipalité régionale de comté" and regional district) or their equivalents. Census divisions are intermediate geographic areas between the province/territory level and the municipality (census subdivision). A census division is a group of neighbouring municipalities joined together for the purposes of regional planning and managing common services (such as police or ambulance services). These groupings are established under laws in effect in certain provinces of Canada.
For example, a census division might correspond to a county, les municipalités régionales de comté or a regional district. In other provinces and the territories where laws do not provide for such areas, Statistics Canada defines equivalent areas for statistical reporting purposes in cooperation with these provinces and territories. Each CD is identified by a unique four-digit code including the code of the province (first two-digits) and the CD code (third and fourth digits). For example:
PR-CD code | CD name and type |
---|---|
12 06 | Lunenburg (N.S.) |
35 06 | Ottawa, (Ont.) |
Derived from: PCONV file from Geography Division and ISD geography conversion file
LAD: CD11_/CD06_/CD01_/CD96_/CD91_/CD86_/CD81_ I, F
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable incorporates geographic codes from other levels of geography (for example, province) to obtain a unique census division (CD) code. The variable utilizes census geography information applicable to the year in which the variable is created. Users should be aware that census geography information changes over time, being updated with each new census. In addition, postal code boundaries do not correspond perfectly with census geography boundaries. For additional information please consult the most recent CD variable using census geographies (for example: CD06_).
Derived from: PCONV file from Geography Division and ISD geography conversion file
LAD: XCD11_/XCD06_/XCD01_/XCD96_/XCD91_/XCD86_/XCD81_ I, F
(1982 to present)
Definition: A census metropolitan area (CMA) or a census agglomeration (CA) is formed by one or more adjacent municipalities centred on a large urban area (known as the urban core). A CMA must have a total population of at least 100,000 of which 50,000 or more must live in the urban core. A CA must have an urban core population of at least 10,000. To be included in the CMA or CA, other adjacent municipalities must have a high degree of integration with the central urban area, as measured by commuting flows derived from census place of work data.
If the population of the urban core of a CA declines below 10,000, the CA is retired. However, once an area becomes a CMA, it is retained as a CMA even if its total population declines below 100,000 or the population of its urban core falls below 50,000. The urban areas in the CMA or CA that are not contiguous to the urban core are called the urban fringe. Rural areas in the CMA or CA are called the rural fringe.
When a CA has an urban core of at least 50,000, it is subdivided into census tracts. Census tracts are maintained for the CA even if the population of the urban core subsequently falls below 50,000. All CMAs are subdivided into census tracts. For Census metropolitan area 2006 there are 33 census metropolitan areas in Canada. Each CMA or Census Agglomeration (CA) in Canada is identified individually by the two-digit code of the province followed by a unique three-digit code for the CMA/CA. For example:
PR-CMA/CA code | CMA/CA name |
---|---|
24 505 | Ottawa - Gatineau CMA (Que.) |
35 505 | Ottawa - Gatineau CMA (Ont.) |
47 840 | Lloydminster CA (Sask.) |
48 840 | Lloydminster CA (Alta.) |
Derived from: PCONV file from Geography Division and ISD geography conversion file
LAD: CMA11/CMA06/CMA01/CMA96/CMA91/CMA86/CMA81 I, F
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable incorporates geographic codes from other levels of geography (for example, province) to obtain a unique census metropolitan area (CMA) code. The variable utilizes census geography information applicable to the year in which the variable is created. Users should be aware that census geography information changes over time, being updated with each new census. In addition, postal code boundaries do not correspond perfectly with census geography boundaries. For additional information please consult the most recent CMA variable using census geographies (for example: CMA06).
Derived from: PCONV file from Geography Division and ISD geography conversion file
LAD: XCMA11/XCMA06/XCMA01/XCMA96/XCMA91/XCMA86/XCMA81 I, F
(1982 to present)
Definition: A census subdivision (CSD) is the general term applied to municipalities (as determined by provincial legislation) or their equivalent, for example, Indian reserves, Indian settlements, and unrecognized territories. Each CSD is identified by a unique seven-digit code including the code of the province (first two-digits), the last two-digits of the CD code (third and fourth digit) and a three-digit code for the Census Subdivision. For example:
PR-CD-CSD code | CSD name and type |
---|---|
12 06 008 | Mahone Bay, T (N.S.) |
35 06 008 | Ottawa, C (Ont.) |
Derived from: PCONV file from Geography Division and ISD geography conversion file
LAD: CSD11/CSD06/CSD01/CSD96/CSD91/CSD86/CSD81 I, F
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable incorporates geographic codes from other levels of geography (for example, province) to obtain a unique census sub-division (CSD) code. The variable utilizes census geography information applicable to the year in which the variable is created. Users should be aware that census geography information changes over time, being updated with each new census. In addition, postal code boundaries do not correspond perfectly with census geography boundaries. For additional information please consult the most recent CSD variable using census geographies (for example: CSD06).
Derived from: PCONV file from Geography Division and ISD geography conversion file
LAD: XCSD11/XCSD06/XCSD01/XCSD96/XCSD91/XCSD86/XCSD81 I, F
(1982 to present)
Definition: Census tracts (CTs) are small geographic units representing urban or rural neighbourhood-like communities in CMAs or CAs (with an urban core population of 50,000 or more at the previous census). Each census tract is assigned a seven-character numeric 'name' (including leading zeros, the decimal point and trailing zeros). To uniquely identify each census tract in its corresponding census metropolitan area or tracted census agglomeration, the three-digit CMA/CA code must be added to and precede the CT 'name'. For example:
CMA/CA code - CT name | CMA/CA name |
---|---|
562 0005.00 | Sarnia CA (Ont.) |
933 0005.00 | Vancouver CMA (B.C.) |
Derived from: PCCF File, Geography Division
LAD: CT11_/CT06_/CT01_/CT96_/CT91_/CT86_/CT81_ I, F
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable incorporates geographic codes from other levels of geography (for example, province) to obtain a unique census tract (CT) code. The variable utilizes census geography information applicable to the year in which the variable is created. Users should be aware that census geography information changes over time, being updated with each new census. In addition, postal code boundaries do not correspond perfectly with census geography boundaries. For additional information please consult the most recent CT variable using census geographies (for example: CT06).
Derived from: PCONV file from Geography Division and ISD geography conversion file
LAD: XCT11_/XCT06_/XCT01_/XCT96_/XCT91_/XCT86_/XCT81_ I, F
(1983 to present)
Definition: A credit, since 1988, which is given to taxfilers for their charitable donations to registered charities and athletic associations. Charitable Donations Calculated is the sum of Allowable Charitable Donations and Government Gifts. In order to obtain a credit for donations, the charitable organization must have been devoted to a valid activity and no part of its income can have been available for the personal benefit of any proprietor, member or shareholder. In addition, the organization must be registered with the Department of National Revenue. Government Gifts consist of any gift to Canada, a province, or a cultural organisation.
Derived from: Line 340 Schedule 9
LAD: CDONC I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Child care expenses can be claimed if the taxfiler paid for child care services for an eligible child which enabled him/her (or a supporting individual) to either earn income, take an occupational training course for which a training allowance under the National Training Act was received, or carry on research or similar work for which a grant was received. Since 2000, a taxfiler can deduct expenses of up to $10,000 for an eligible child (some disability criteria apply).
Derived from: Line 214 (1984 to present), Line 37 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: CCEXD I, F, P
(1993 to present)
Definition: This measures the amount of child care expenses incurred as per limitation D from the Child Care Expenses, form T778 (Line 6798). Typically, the person with the lower net income (including zero income) must claim the child care expenses. However, the child care expenses can be claimed by the person with the higher net income, or in part by both the person with the higher net income and the person with the lower net income if, at any time during the tax year the tax filer was:
Derived from: Form T778, Line 6798
LAD: CCELD I, F, P
(1996 to present)
Definition: The amount of child care expenses claimed that were incurred in a tax year in respect of disabled dependents 18 years of age and older.
Derived from: Line 315 Schedule 1
LAD: CCG18 I, F, P
(2007 to present)
Definition: This variable is a tax credit for up to $500 of eligible fitness expenses for each of the taxfiler's children who are under 16 at the beginning of the taxation year.
Derived from: Line 365 of Schedule 1
LAD: CFA__ I, F, P
(2012 to present)
Definition: This variable is the amount claimed by the client for this tax credit. Please also see the variable CFA__ for a definition.
Derived from: Line 365 Schedule 1
LAD: NRPROVCLFIT_ I, F, P
(2082 to present)
Definition: These variables provide the total number of children that each tax filer may have, by the specific age for those children, ages 0 through to 18 years. A single additional variable provides information for those filers with children aged 19 years and older. A value of 0 (zero) for any variable indicates that the filer does not have a child of that age. A value of 1 or greater indicates that the filer has that specific number of children of the particular age variable. For example, if a filer has three children, one aged 6 months and two other children aged 3 years, then for that filer the variable TNK00 would have a value of 1, and the variable TNK03 would have a value of 2. For further information please also see variable KID_ "Children, total number in family".
Derived from: LAD processing
LAD: TNK00 to TNK19 I
(1993 to present)
Definition: The Child Tax Benefit (or Canada Child Tax Benefit, CCTB) is a program that replaces (beginning from 1993) the previous federal Family Allowance program, the non-refundable child deduction and the refundable Child Tax Credit. It is an income supplement for individuals who have at least one qualified dependent child. Factors involved in determining the Child Tax Benefit (CTBI) include: the number of dependent children, their ages and family income. Provided all eligibility requirements are met, the benefits will continue until the month following the child's 18th birthday.
Derived from: Child Tax Benefit (CTB) file
TIRC_: Not present
XTIRC: Included from 1993 to present. The Child Tax Benefit Program replaced the Exemption Claim for Children (not available on the LAD), the Child tax credit and the Family Allowance Program in 1993.
LAD: CTBI_ I, F, P
(1982 to 1992)
Definition: The child tax credit provided assistance in meeting the costs of raising children for low to middle-income families. It was available to taxfilers with eligible children. Between 1982 and 1987, an eligible child had to be less than 18 years old the entire tax year in order to be qualified. From 1988 to 1992, an eligible child was any child who was under 18 and for whom the taxfiler could claim Family Allowance (FA___). If the child became 18 during the tax year, the child was eligible for all months including the month of his or her 18th birthday as long as he or she was still eligible for Family Allowance (FA___).
Since 1986, a child tax credit prepayment was made to low income families. To determine the amount of child tax credit still owing the taxfiler, the prepayment amount was subtracted from the total child tax credit amount. If the prepayment amount was larger than the full credit, the taxfiler had to repay the difference.
Since 1988, a supplement for children under seven years old was also available to taxfilers. This supplement was reduced by 25% of the child care expenses claimed for these children. The remaining amount was added to the child tax credit.
Derived from: Line 444 (1988 to 1992), Line 450 (1984 to 1987), Line 78 (1982 to 1983)
TIRC_: Not present
XTIRC: Included from 1982 to 1992. Child tax credit was replaced by the Child Tax Benefit Program (CTBI_) in 1993
LAD: CTC__ I, F, P
(2007 to present)
Definition: The number of children under age 18 at the end of the taxation year for whom the children amount deduction was claimed. For 2007, and later years, a personal amount may be claimed for each child under age 18 at the end of the taxation year. The amount is independent of any income the child may have; that is, it is not reduced by any amount if the child has income of his or her own.
Derived from: Line 366 of Schedule 1
LAD: CLT18 I
(1982 to present)
Definition: The ages of the seven youngest children are available on the LAD file. Another file, the KIDS file, contains the ages of all the children in the families on the LAD. Taxfiling children's ages are calculated by subtracting the child's year of birth from the tax year of the data. Non-taxfiling children's ages were imputed in 1982 and 1983. From 1984 to date, most of the ages of children have not been imputed. The major sources of information on ages for children are as follows: from 1984 to 1992, Family Allowance and from 1993 to date, the Child Tax Benefit file.
Please note that children may be any age, i.e. a 40 year-old child may be living with a 60 year-old parent. This variable is considered as a cross-sectional variable rather than a longitudinal variable because there are inconsistencies from year to year in children's ages. The order in which the children are outlined on the file is from the youngest (most recent child) to the seventh youngest.
Derived from: T1FF Processing
LAD:KID1_ (2/3/4/5/6/7) I
(1982 to present)
Definition: The total number of children in a family is identified in this field. A child is defined as someone who is single and living with one or both parents. Please note that children may be any age, i.e. a 40-year-old child may be living with a 60-year-old parent.
The number of children might have changed in a family over the 2005-2008 period due to improvements to the T1FF process of identifying children and the introduction of the Children Fitness tax credit (CFA) and Children Amount Deduction (CHAD) in 2007 and the Universal Child Care Benefit program in 2006 allowing for the identification of more children. These changes have resulted in improved coverage of children in the T1FF. The impact of these changes is most notable in the count of imputed children from lone-parent families although it is not possible to distinguish the precise impact of the improvements separately from normal year-to-year change.
Derived from: T1FF Processing
LAD: TNKID I
(2007 to present)
Definition: A taxfiler can claim a federal non-refundable tax credit for each child under age 18 at the end of the taxation year. The amount is independent of any income the child may have; that is, it is not reduced by any amount if the child has income of his or her own:
Derived from: Line 367 of Schedule 1
LAD: CHAD_ I, F, P
(2007 to present)
Definition: A taxfiler has the right to transfer a part or the entire federal non-refundable tax credit amount to which they have a claim either to their spouse or common-law partner. Conversely, they can also ask to receive this amount from their spouse or common-law partner. The amount is independent of any income the child may have; that is, it is not reduced by any amount if the child has income of his or her own
Derived from: Line 361 of Schedule 2
LAD: CHADT I, F, P
(2011 to present)
Definition: A taxfiler can claim to a maximum of $500 per child the fees paid in the year relating to the cost of registration or membership for their or their spouse's or common-law partner's child in a prescribed program (see the next section) of artistic, cultural, recreational, or developmental activity. The child must have been under 16 years of age (or under 18 years of age if eligible for the disability amount) at the beginning of the year in which an eligible arts expense was paid.
If the child qualifies for the disability amount and is under 18 years of age at the beginning of the year, an additional amount of $500 can be claimed as long as a minimum of $100 is paid for registration or membership fees for a prescribed program
Derived from: Line 370 T1
LAD: CARTTC_ I, F, P
(1999 to present)
Definition: Clergy residence deduction is the amount of deduction for a Clergy residence as claimed by the client. The following "basic conditions" must be met:The person is a member of the clergy or of a religious order, or a regular minister of a religious denomination; and
The person is:
Derived from: Line 231 T1
LAD: CLRGY I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: This is the total income received by a taxfiler from employment commissions in the year. Commission income is directly related to the level of sales for a given company or individual. This amount is included in Total Employment Income from T4 Slips (T4E__).
Derived from: Line 102 (1984 to present), Line 02 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: CMIT4 I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Gross commission is the entire income of the taxfiler's unincorporated business, where commission is earned, before costs and expenses are deducted. If the enterprise is a partnership, each partner reports the entire gross commission income of the operation.
Until 1994, reporting of self-employment income was on a fiscal year basis and the fiscal year end was the end of the taxation year for reporting this income. Beginning in 1995, most individuals are required to report self-employment income on a calendar year basis. However, eligible individuals may be able to use an alternative method of reporting whereby the fiscal period does not end on December 31. Due to this rule change, individuals reporting self-employment income in 1995 may have reported more than one fiscal year's income (i.e. more than 12 months).
Note: When this variable is reported for more than one person in a family, the family and parents aggregate levels contain only the amount from one of these persons, precisely the highest value. It has been assumed that when more than one person in the family reports this self-employment income, these family persons are supposed to be all working for the same business.
Derived from: Line 166 (1984 to present), Line 86 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: CMGRS I, F, P (formerly SGCOM from 1982 to 1995, retroactively changed in 1996)
(1982 to present)
Definition: Net commission income is the taxfiler's share of income (gain or loss), obtained by self-employment from an unincorporated business where commission is earned, after costs and expenses are deducted. It is a component of self-employment income. Amounts reported by the taxfilers might be positive, negative or zero.
Until 1994, reporting of self-employment income was on a fiscal year basis and the fiscal year end was the end of the taxation year for reporting this income. Beginning in 1995, most individuals are required to report self-employment income on a calendar year basis. However, eligible individuals may be able to use an alternative method of reporting whereby the fiscal period does not end on December 31. Due to this rule change, individuals reporting self-employment income in 1995 may have reported more than one fiscal year's income (i.e. more than 12 months).
Derived from: Line 139 (1984 to present), Line 21 (1982 to 1983)
TIRC_: Included from 1982 to present
XTIRC: Included from 1982 to present
LAD: CMNET I, F, P (formerly SNCOM from 1982 to 1995, retroactively change to CMNET in 1996)
(1982 to present)
Definition: This is the income received from the Canada Pension Plan (CPP) or Quebec Pension Plan (QPP). Both CPP and QPP provide retirement, disability and survivors' pensions, certain children's benefits, and death benefits. The CPP and QPP are parallel pension programs with similar payment and benefits structures. The Canada Pension Plan operates in all provinces and territories in Canada except Quebec. Quebec established a comparable provincial plan, the Quebec Pension Plan.
Derived from: Line 114 (1984 to present), Line 10 (1982 to 1983)
TIRC_: Included from 1982 to present
XTIRC: Included from 1982 to present
LAD: CQPP_ I, F, P, K
(2002 to present)
Definition: CPPSE represents 50% of the Self employment CPP/QPP calculated contributions. In the case of self-employment, the taxfiler contributes both halves of CPP and QPP. This amount gets reported on Line 222 and also in Schedule 1, line 310, representing the employer and employee components. You can claim contributions you have to make on self-employment and limited or non-activity partnership income, or those you choose to make on certain employment income (making additional CPP contributions at line 308), or those you choose to make on your provincial income tax return for Quebec on certain employment income (see PQ guide). (See also CLCPP and CLQPP).
Calculated Canada Pension Plan Payable Self-Employment. A taxfiler is entitled to a maximum credit equal to 17% of the CPP/QPP contributions paid in the year. For partnerships, a taxfiler must include only his/her part or net profit or loss. The calculated Canada Pension Plan payable on self-employment is a component in the calculation of total non-refundable tax credits. If the taxfiler's business losses are more than his/her profits, he/she cannot use the loss to reduce CPP contributions paid on employment earnings. If eligible, the taxfiler may make additional contributions to the pension plan up to the maximum annual contribution. This would increase the amount of his/her pension in the future. If the taxfiler contributed more than the maximum amount during the tax year, Canada Revenue Agency would refund the excess amount. Self-employed persons are allowed a maximum contribution based on their maximum contributory earnings(see also variables CLQPP and CPPSE).
Derived from: Line 222 and Line 310 Schedule 1
LAD: CPPSE I, F, P
(1991 to present)
Definition: If a taxfiler was not a resident of Quebec on December 31, and they contributed more to the Canada Pension Plan (CPP) than they had to (see line 308), they enter the difference on this line.
If they were a resident of Quebec on December 31, this line does not apply to them. These taxfilers claim the excess contribution on their provincial income tax return for Quebec.
Derived from: Line 448 T1
LAD: CPPRF I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable measures the total amount of CPP/QPP contributions payable from self-employment. Up until the end of 2001, this variable (CLCPP) measured both CPP and QPP contributions from self-employment. However, for the period from 2002 onward two important changes occurred. The first major change was the introduction of a new variable CPPSE. Whereas the variable CLCPP measured all contributions payable to CPP/QPP, the new variable CPPSE measures 50% of the total contributions payable on all CPP/QPP contributions (see the definition of CPPSE). The second major change was that from 2002 onward CLCPP measures only the contributions for CPP. Contributions payable to QPP from self-employment, from 2002 onward, are now available in the variable CLQPP.
PRIOR TO 2002
(1982 to 2000)
The Canada Pension Plan (CPP) and the Quebec Pension Plan (QPP) are compulsory contributory social insurance plans that protect workers and their families against loss of income due to retirement, disability or death. Most employed and self-employed individuals between the ages of 18 and 70 years are required to make contributions based on their earnings. When the taxfiler is employed, the employer contributes half the CPP and QPP by matching the employee's contributions. When self-employed, the individual can contribute both halves to either the CPP or QPP. However, if the taxfiler has both wages and self-employment earnings, the amount of CPP contributions made through self-employment earnings will depend on the amount already contributed as an employee to the CPP or QPP.
(2000 to 2002)
When the tax filer is self-employed, the individual can contribute both halves of contributions either for the CPP or QPP. However, if the taxfiler has both wages and self-employment earnings, the amount of CPP contributions made through self-employment earnings will depend on the amount already contributed as an employee to the CPP or QPP. The tax filer can claim, on line 310 of Schedule 1, half of the total of your CPP or QPP contributions, if any, from Schedule 8. The tax filer can also claim on line 222, an amount for the other half.
2002 AND AFTER
Since 2002, measurement of the total amount payable from self-employment contributed to CPP/QPP by taxfilers has changed. First, the variable CPPSE was introduced to measure the total deductions and tax credits available from self-employment income (since taxfilers can contribute both halves, the variable CPPSE measures half of the total, effectively either the employee or employer half).
The second change to the variable CLCPP is that for those taxfilers residing in Quebec with Quebec Pension Plan (QPP) contributions payable on self employment, the total amount of these contributions are no longer included in the variable CLSPP but are instead included in a new variable, CLQPP. CPP contributions payable on self employment are still part of the variable CLCPP for taxfilers who do not reside in Quebec.
A user wishing to obtain the total of CPP/QPP contributions payable from self-employment in the period after 2002 must combine the results from CLCPP and CLQPP. Alternatively, users could also double the amount of the variable CPPSE.
Derived from: Line 9 Schedule 8 (2002 to present), Line 310 (1988 to 2001), Line 203 (1984 to 1987), Line 26 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: CLCPP I, F, P
(2002 to present)
Definition: This is the amount that an individual contributes to their Canada Pension Plan (CPP) and the Quebec Pension Plan (QPP). The CPP and QPP are compulsory contributions to social insurance plans that protect workers and their families against loss of income due to retirement, disability or death. Most paid employees and self-employed individuals between the ages of 18 and 70 years are required to make contributions based on their earnings. A taxfiler who is self-employed pays the entire amount of the CPP/QPP contribution.
For a taxfiler who receives an income for a paid employment, the employer contributes half of the CPP/QPP and the taxfiler contributes the other half. If the taxfiler has both wages and self-employment earnings, the amount of CPP contributions made through self-employment earnings will depend on the amount already contributed as an employee to the CPP or QPP. (see CQPPD and QPPT4)
Derived from: Line 308 Schedule 1
LAD: CQPT4 I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: This is the amount that an individual contributes to their Canada Pension Plan (CPP) and the Quebec Pension Plan (QPP). The CPP and QPP are compulsory contributions to social insurance plans that protect workers and their families against loss of income due to retirement, disability or death. Most paid employees and self-employed individuals between the ages of 18 and 70 years are required to make contributions based on their earnings. A taxfiler who is self-employed pays the entire amount of the CPP/QPP contribution. For a taxfiler who receives an income for a paid employment, the employer contributes half of the CPP/QPP and the taxfiler contributes the other half. If the taxfiler has both wages and self-employment earnings, the amount of CPP contributions made through self-employment earnings will depend on the amount already contributed as an employee to the CPP or QPP. (See CQPT4)
Derived from: Line 308 (1988 to present), Line 202 (1984 to 1987), Line 25 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: CQPPD I, F, P
(1992 to present)
Definition: This variable represents CPP/QPP disability benefits income. CPP/QPP disability benefits are included in the CPP/QPP benefits variable (CQPP_) on Line 114.
Individuals may receive a lump sum of CPP or QPP benefits whereby some or all of these benefits may have been for a previous year or years. This amount is to be entered on the tax form. If a part or the entire amount outlined is for a previous year or years and if it is $300 or more, Canada Revenue Agency will assess if it is beneficial for the individual to claim the amount in the tax year to which the income pertains to and will apply the tax calculation that benefits the individual.
Derived from: Line 152 (1992 to present)
LAD: DSBCQ I, F, P, K
(2002 to present)
Definition: This variable categorises the CPP earnings received by a tax filer into the following classes:
0=Not Applicable (N/A)
1=Original self employed earnings and CPP (T4) refund
2=Original self employed earnings and CPP payable
3=Original CPP (T4) refund
4=Original CPP payables only
5=Revised self employed earnings and CPP (T4) refund
6=Revised self employed earnings and CPP payable
7=Revised CPP (T4) refund
8=Revised CPP payable only
9=Original or revised T4 information only
Derived from: Line 222 and Line 310 Schedule 1
LAD: CPPCD I
(2012 to present)
Definition: This variable indicates the number of months that a taxfiler was in receipt of Canada Pension Plan Retirement Benefits, excluding disability benefits, for the particular calendar year.
Derived from: Calculated by CRA
LAD: CPPRTIRMTH_ I, F, P
(1999 to present)
Definition: The amount of the credit for interest paid on a student loan beginning in 1998 as calculated by CRA. There is a five-year optional carried forward that is available, to the extent that the taxfiler cannot (because the tax amount is insufficient for the use of the credit) or chooses not to claim interest paid in the current year. The taxfiler can claim the carried forward amount in any of the five subsequent years. The taxfiler cannot carry forward amounts paid in 1997 or earlier. This rule is valid, beginning in 1998 only.
To be eligible for the credit, interest must have been paid and not merely due or payable. It is only the student to whom the loan was made that can claim the credit. However, the interest does not necessarily need to have been paid by the student; the student can claim the credit if the interest was paid by the student or anyone related to her/him. Also to be eligible for the credit, the interest must be on a loan made under the Canada Student Loans Act.
The amount of interest paid is entered at line 319 and converted to a 17% credit at line 338.
Note that this variable is not in the LAD in 1998 even if it exists in the 1998 tax form.
Derived from: Line 319 (1999 to present)
LAD: LOANC I, F, P, K
(1982 to present)
Definition: Date of Departure refers to the date that a Canadian resident left Canada. Taxfilers who ceased to be Canadian residents must report the day and month of the tax year that they left Canada. It is reported in the personal information section of the tax return. This variable contains the year, month, and day of departure (YYYYMMDD).
Derived from: Personal Information Section of Canada Revenue Agency T1 tax form
LAD: DEPDT I
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable indicates the year the taxfiler died. Please note that the 1984 data are unreliable.
Derived from: Personal Information Section, T1 tax form (1982 to present)
LAD: YOD__ I, P
Definition: If the tax filer was a resident on December 31, he or she has to pay PPIP premiums if any of the following conditions apply:
LAD: PPIPD I, F, P
(1983, 1985 to present)
Definition: Calculated amount for claim for deductions transferred from spouse or common-law partner. A tax filer may be able to claim all or part of amounts for which their spouse or common-law partner qualifies. Schedule 2 would have to be completed. For example:
Derived from: Line 326 Schedule 1
LAD: DNTSP I, F, P
(1986 to present)
Definition: The taxfiler may claim the unused portion of the disability amount for a dependent who resides in Canada, if he or she claimed either an "Amount for dependent children" (Line 231, 1986 to 1987; Line 304, 1988 to present), or the "Equivalent amount for spouse" (Line 230, 1986 to 1987; Line 305, 1988 to present), for that dependent. Starting with the 2000 tax year, the claim also applies if the dependant was the spouse's sister, brother, aunt, niece or nephew.
Derived from: Line 318 (1988 to present), Line 246 (1986 to 1987)
LAD: DISDO I, F, P
(1983 to present)
Definition: A taxfiler may claim a preset disability amount if severely he or she was physically or mentally impaired in the tax year, and the impairment noticeably restricted the taxfiler's activities of daily living.
Derived from: Line 316 (1988 to present), Line 245 (1986 to 1987), Line 246 (1984 to 1985), Line 53 (1983)
LAD: DISDN I, F, P
(1995 to present)
Definition: Calculated amount of disability deduction transferred from the client's spouse or common-law partner. A tax filer may be able to claim all or part of the disability amount for which their spouse or common-law partner qualifies. Any portion of the disability amount unused by the person with a disability may be transferred to the spouse of the person with a disability.
Derived from: Line 357 Schedule 1 (1997 to present)
Line 987 Schedule 2 (1995 to 1996)
LAD: DISDT I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Dividends are, for tax purposes, defined as a share of the profits of a Canadian corporation, which are distributed to its shareholders. Dividends should be reported as income on the T1 Tax Form in the year they are received.
The Canada Revenue Agency adjusts dividends upward to create taxable dividends (DIVTX). The Dividends variable on LAD (XDIV_) represents the actual amount of dividends received by the taxfiler before that amount is "grossed-up" by the Canada Revenue Agency. Dividends are calculated using the following equation:
Derived from: T1FF processing.
TIRC_: DIVTX Included from 1982 to present, as the taxable amount (i.e.: grossed-up)
XTIRC: XDIV_ Included from 1982 to present, as the amount of dividends received (i.e.: grossed back down)
LAD: XDIV_ I, F, P
(1983 to present)
Definition: This variable is the total federal non-refundable tax credit for donations and gifts.
Derived from: Line 349 and Schedule 9
LAD: CDGFT I, F, P
(1983 to present)
Definition: Donations is the sum of the taxfiler's charitable donations (1983 to present), government gifts (1983 to present), cultural donations (1984 to present) and ecological gifts (1995 to present).
Charitable donations consist of any donations to registered charities and athletic associations. For tax purposes, charitable organizations must be devoted to a valid activity and no part of their income can be made available for personal benefit of any proprietor, member or shareholder. In addition, the organization must have registered with the Department of National Revenue.
These organizations include:
Government gifts: consist of any gift to Canada, a province, or a cultural organization.
Cultural donations: The Cultural Property Export and Import Act contains provisions to encourage the retention of national treasures (Canadian cultural property) within Canada. Under these provisions, taxpayers are encouraged to dispose of such property to designated institutions or public authorities in Canada. Gifts of cultural property to a designated public authority or institution in Canada and certified by the Canadian Cultural Property Export Review Board will entitle the taxfiler a tax credit as a donation. The amount eligible for credit is not limited to a percentage of the taxfiler's net income for the year. Any portion not claimed in a year may be carried forward to the next five years.
Ecological gifts: A taxfiler can claim the amount for a gift of land that was certified by the Minister to be important to the preservation of Canada's environmental Heritage. Donations made after February 27, 1995, may be claimed. These donations must be made to a Canadian Municipality or a registered charity designated by the Ministry of Environment.
The following summarizes the method of reporting donations:
From 1983 to 1987:
Donations were a deduction from net income and the taxfiler could claim the entire amount of charitable donations that were the lower of:
From 1983 to 1995:
A taxfiler receiving income from U.S.A. sources may claim donations made to U.S.A. charitable organizations. This claim was restricted to 20% of U.S.A. income.
From 1983 to present:
Donations not previously claimed may be carried forward for up to five years from the year of the donation unless the donations were made in 1982 or 1983 and the optional $100 donations/medical expenses deduction was claimed. This $100 deduction was claimed on line 47 and was not included in the Donations variable, line 49.
From 1988 to 1993:
A portion of donations could be claimed as a tax credit. (The Donations variable outlines total donations claimed and not the tax credit portion.) The tax credit available was 17% on the first $250 donated and 29% on donations in excess of $250. As in previous years, there are limits on the amount of donations that can be claimed.
From 1988 to 1995:
A taxfiler could claim the entire amount of charitable donations that were the lower of:
From 1994 to present:
A portion of donations could be claimed as a tax credit. (The Donations variable outlines total donations claimed and not the tax credit portion.) From 1994 to 2000, a tax credit of 17% was available on the first $200 donated and 29% on donations in excess of $200. From year 2001 to 2004 the rate was 16%, 15% for 2005, 15.25% for 2006 and 15% for 2007 to present, the inclusion rate on the first $200 was reduced to 16%. As in previous years, there are limits on the amount of donations that can be claimed.
From 1995 to present:
A taxfiler can claim donations made by his or her spouse if not previously claimed.
For 1996:
As outlined above, a portion of donations could be claimed as a tax credit. A taxfiler could claim the entire amount of charitable donations that were the lower of the following 2 items:
From 1997:
A taxfiler could claim the entire amount of charitable donations that were the lower of the following 2 items:
Also, government gifts made after February 18, 1997 to the government of Canada or to a Canadian province or territory are subject to the same rule regarding eligible charitable organizations (75% of net income limitation for 1997).
Government gifts made before February 19, 1997 are not limited to the 75% of net income for 1997. Such gifts are eligible for credit to the extent that the taxfiler has sufficient tax to absorb the amount of credit that the taxfiler produces.
A taxfiler receiving an income from U.S.A. sources may now claim 75% of U.S.A. income for donations made to U.S.A. charitable organizations.
If after July 31, 1997, the taxfiler makes a non-qualifying gift in terms of securities, such as shares of a corporation that a taxfiler controls, obligations or any other securities issued by the taxfiler (other than shares, obligations, other securities listed on a prescribed stock exchange and deposits with financial institutions), the taxfiler may not be able to claim a credit for the donation that is subject to special rules.
From 1998
No major changes.
Derived from: Line 344 of Schedule 9 (1997 to present), Line 344 (1986 to 1996), Line 243 & 244 (1986 to 1985), Line 243 & 245 (1984 to 1985), Line 49 (1983)
LAD: TOTDN I, F, P
(1995 to present)
Definition: A student who does not need to use all of his or her tuition and education amounts for the tax year to reduce his or her federal income tax to zero may be able to transfer the unused part to a parent, grandparent or spouse. The maximum amount that each student can transfer is $5,000 even if there is still a surplus part. That part can be carried forward for the student's use in another year but may no longer be transferred.
Derived from: Line 324
LAD: EDUDT I, F, P
(1983 to present)
Definition: A full-time student at a designated educational institution and enrolled in a qualifying educational program is entitled to claim an educational deduction. This deduction reduces Taxable income. Since 1988, the educational deduction has been a non-refundable tax credit. Prior to that time, it was a deduction from income.
The following are the educational deductions that a student may claim for each whole or part month that he or she was enrolled in a qualifying educational program:
Years | $ per month |
---|---|
1983 to 1987 | 50 |
1988 to 1991 | 60 |
1992 to 1995 | 80 |
1996 | 100 |
1997 | 150 |
1998 to 2000 | 200 |
2001 to 2005 | 400 |
2006 to 2013 | 465($ 400+$ 65 for textbook amount) |
From 1998 to 2000, the education amount the taxfiler could claim monthly was $200. Therefore the maximum amount for this line is $2,400 (12 months x $200). From 2001 to 2005, these amounts are respectively $400 and $4,800. For 2006 to 2013, these amounts are respectively $465 ($400+ $65 for textbook amount) and $5580.
From 1983 to 1987, education amounts transferred from a dependent were claimed on the same line. Only the amount not required to reduce the student's Taxable income to zero may be transferred. From 1988 onward, education amounts transferred from a dependent are claimed on a separate line but not included in the LAD until 1998. Starting in 1999 only the amount transferred by spouse is included.
From 1997, we only keep the qualified total amount of the student in the LAD. However, any unused portion of the educational deduction may be carried forward and claimed in a future year. Any amounts carried forward cannot be transferred to a spouse, parent or grandparent at a later date and are not included in the LAD.
Starting in 1998, there is also an educational deduction available to part-time students ($60.00 per month, line 323). This amount is not included in the LAD for 1998 but is included starting in 1999. (see also EDUDC)
Derived from: Line 322 from Schedule 11 (1997 to present), Line 322 (1988 to 1996), Line 247 (1984 to 1987), Line 54 (1983)
LAD: EDUDN I, F, P, K
(1995 to present)
Definition: The education deduction full-time represents the calculated amount that a tax filer may claim for each whole or part month during the tax year in which they were enrolled as a full-time student in a qualifying program. The CRA system calculates this figure (see also EDUDN)
Derived from: Line 322, Schedule 11
LAD: EDUDC I, F, P
(1999 to present)
Definition: The amount of education deduction the taxfiler is allowed to claim while a part time student as calculated by CRA. The taxfiler must enter on this line the number of months he or she was a part time student as stated on the T2202 form. The maximum number of months a taxfiler can claim is 12. From 1998 to 2000, the education amount the taxfiler could claim monthly was $60. Therefore the maximum amount for this line is $720 (12 months x $60).
From 2001 to 2005, these amounts are respectively $120 and $1,440. For 2006 to present, these amounts are respectively $140 ($120+ $20 for textbook amount) and $1680. This deduction started being available in 1998, but this variable was only included in the LAD since 1999.
Derived from: Line 321 from Schedule 11 (1999 to present)
LAD: EDUPT I, F, P, K
(1988 to present)
Definition: Education deduction transferred refers to the Tuition fees and education tax credits transferred from a dependent student to a parent, grandparent, or to that student's spouse. Any portion of the education and tuition credits which the student does not need to claim to reduce his/her federal income tax payable to zero can be transferred.
If a student is married and his/her spouse has claimed the married exemption amount or the amounts transferred from a spouse, then a parent, grandparent, or an otherwise qualified supporting person cannot claim transferred tuition or education credits from the student. The education and tuition amounts can only be transferred to the spouse. The unused portion of the education and tuition credits can only be transferred to one person. It is not divisible between supporting individuals.
Derived from: Line 324 Schedule 1
LAD: EDUTF I, F, P
(2007 to present)
Definition: This variable contains the elected split-pension amount a pensioner and his spouse or (common-law partner) agree to split up to 50% of his/her eligible pension income. If the spouse/partner is 65 years of age at the end of the taxation year, all his/her pension income is eligible, and up to 50% can be transferred. If the spouse/partner is not 65 at the end of the year, only his/her income eligible for $2000 pension income credit ("qualified pension income"), is eligible income for purposes of the income splitting election.
Derived from: Line 116 of T1 tax form
TIRC_ : Included in 2007
XTIRC: Not present.
LAD: ESPA_ I, F, P
(2007 to present)
Definition: This variable contains the deduction for the elected split-pension amount a pensioner and his spouse or (common-law partner) agree to split up to 50% of his/her eligible pension income. If the spouse/partner is 65 years of age at the end of the taxation year, all his/her pension income is eligible, and up to 50% can be transferred. If the spouse/partner is not 65 at the end of the year, only his/her income eligible for $2000 pension income credit ("qualified pension income"), is eligible income for purposes of the income splitting election.
Derived from: Line 210 of T1 tax form
LAD: ESPAD I, F, P
(2012 to present)
Definition: This variable indicates the amount of Federal Tax based on elected split pension income, as calculated by the system. See also variables ESPA_ and ESPAD.
Derived from: Line 424 Schedule 1
LAD: FTXSPLC I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: It is the total reported employment income. Employment income includes wages and salaries, commissions from employment, training allowances, tips and gratuities and self-employment income (net income from business, profession, farming, fishing and commissions), Indian exempt employment income, Indian exempt self-employment income.
Derived from: T1FF processing
LAD: EI___ I, F, P, K
(1982 to present)
Definition: Total employment income from T4 slips includes all paid-employment income, i.e. wages, salaries, and commissions, before deductions. It excludes self-employment income. For other income from paid employment see Other employment income (OEI__).
Derived from: Line 101 (1984 to present), Line 01 (1982 to 1983)
TIRC_: Included from 1982 to present
XTIRC: Included from 1982 to present
LAD: T4E__ I, F, P, K
(2003 to present)
Definition: Amount of financial assistance paid to client through various initiatives as reported by HRSDC
Derived from: HRSDC and T1FF processing
LAD: EISUP I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Employment insurance (EI) benefits other than payments related to the cost of a course or program destined to facilitate re-entry into the labour force, are included in Taxable income. Employment insurance is income paid to individuals experiencing paid-employment income interruptions. There are also Employment insurance benefits for persons who stop working because of sickness, injury, pregnancy, birth, or adoption of a child. If a taxfiler receives EI benefits and his or her net income before adjustments (Line 234, not available on LAD) is more than the specified limit, the individual must pay back part of these benefits (see Employment insurance repayment (EICRP). Note that prior to 1996 these benefits were referred to as Unemployment insurance benefits.
Derived from: Line 119 (1984 to present), Line 13 (1982 to 1983)
TIRC_: Included from 1982 to present
XTIRC: Included from 1982 to present
LAD: EINS_ I, F, P, K (formerly UIC__ from 1982 to 1995, retroactively changed to EINS_ in 1996)
(2003 to present)
Definition: Deduction for the amount of Employment insurance benefits that have been repaid
Derived from: Line 235 T1
LAD: EIRDN I, F, P
(2009 to present)
Definition: The net amount of employment insurance overpayments for the provincial parental insurance plan as calculated by CRA. The excess amount on line 450 is reduced by the provincial parental insurance plan premiums paid on line 376 on Schedule 1.
Derived from: Line 451 Form T1
LAD: PPIPO I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: This refers to the employment insurance (EI) premiums paid by employees based on their weekly insurable earnings. These compulsory contributions ensure income protection for workers experiencing temporary paid-employment income interruptions.
Note that prior to 1996 these premiums were referred to as Unemployment insurance premiums.
Derived from: Line 312 (1988 to present), Line 204 (1984 to 1987), Line 29 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: T4EIC I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: Under new Employment Insurance (EI) measures that have been in effect since January 2010, self-employed individuals can choose to pay EI premiums to be eligible to receive EI special benefits.
Derived from: Line 317/430 -Schedule 1
LAD: EIPSEIC_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: If the taxfiler received employment insurance (EI) benefits during the tax year and his or her net income before adjustments (Line 234, not available on LAD) is more than a certain amount, the taxfiler must pay part of these benefits.
$ maximum per year
47,190 in 1989
49,920 in 1990
53,040 in 1991
55,380 in 1992
58,110 in 1993
60,840 in 1994
63,570 in 1995
48,750 from 1996 to 2005
48,750 (minus UCCB_ and RDSP_, if any) in 2006
50,000 (minus UCCB) in 2007
51,375 (minus UCCB and RDSP) in 2008
52,875 (minus UCCB and RDSP) in 2009
54,000 (minus UCCB and RDSP) in 2010
55,250 (minus UCCB and RDSP) in 2011
57,375 (minus UCCB and RDSP) in 2012
59,250 (minus UCCB and RDSP) in 2013
Since 1999 any employment insurance benefits paid under maternity or parental leave situations do not have to be paid back.
Note that prior to 1996 these repayments were unemployment insurance repayments.
Derived from: T1FF processing using part of Line 235 (1984 to present) and Line 58 (1982 to 1983). Line 235 is the Social benefits repayment field and consists of the benefits to be repaid on:
The variable Social benefits repayment (RSBCL) combines the 4 variables outlined above into one total.
LAD: EICRP I, F, P (formerly UICRP from 1982 to 1995, retroactively changed to EICRP in 1996)
(1982 to present)
Definition: Date of Entry refers to the date that a non-Canadian person immigrant arrived in Canada. Taxfilers who became Canadian residents during the tax year must report the day and month that they entered Canada. It is reported in the personal information section of the tax return. ENTYDT contains the year, month, and day of arrival (YYYYMMDD).
Derived from: Personal Information Section of Revenue Canada T1 tax form
LAD: ENTDT I
(1993 to present)
Definition: The Equivalent-to-spouse variable is an amount the taxfiler can claim in whole or in part if at any time during the year, he/she was single, divorced, separated or widowed, and supported a dependant.
Derived from: Line 305 Schedule 1
LAD: EQMAR I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: The taxfiler may deduct certain expenses that he or she paid in order to earn paid-employment income, under the employment contract, if the taxfiler had to pay the expenses and if he or she did not receive a non-taxable allowance for these expenses. These employment expenses include artist's employment expenses, repayment of salary or wages, legal fees and employee profit-sharing plans.
Derived from: Line: 229 (1988 to present), Line 109 (1984 to 1987), Line 06 (1982 to 1983)
TIRC_: Formerly a component of the Canada Revenue Agency's definition of total income (as a negative amount) from 1982 to 1987. Beginning in 1988, this was no longer a component of income and is now reported on Line 229 as a deduction.
XTIRC: Not present.
LAD: ALEXP I, F, P
(1988 to present)
Definition: The dollars spent on Canadian exploration and development which may be deducted by a tax filer who invests in a petroleum, natural gas, or mining venture in the tax year. In order to claim this deduction the tax filer cannot be an active participant in the venture. If they did actively participate in the venture, the tax filer must make their claim on line 135.
Derived from: Line 224 T1
LAD: CEDEX I, F, P
(1982 to 1992)
Definition: Family Allowance received refers to benefits received from a now defunct universal federal program that provided monthly financial assistance to parents or guardians of dependent children. A parent or guardian who wholly or substantially maintained a dependent child under the age of 18 could apply for Family Allowance and receive the benefit up to and including the month in which the child turned 18. There were restrictions on who was eligible, e.g. residency requirements.
A dependent child was defined as a child with no Taxable income of his or her own until 1988. Beginning in 1988, this stipulation was dropped. This occurred because the Canada Revenue Agency introduced non-refundable tax credits and this changed the method of reporting Taxable income. From 1988 onward, a dependent could have some Taxable income and still receive Family Allowance. Family Allowance received was included as income.
Until 1992, residents of Quebec received Family Allowance (FA___) payments from both the federal and provincial governments. From 1982 to 1986, the sum of the two amounts was reported. From 1987 onward, the provincial payments were non-taxable. This resulted in the provincial payments not being included in the Family Allowance received field, and consequently being excluded from XTIRC. The federal Family Allowance payments to residents of Quebec continued to be reported in this field until 1992.
In 1993, the Child Tax Benefit Program replaced the federal Family Allowance Program. Residents of Quebec continued to receive provincial payments. In 1994, a variable was added to the LAD containing the estimated Family Allowance benefits received by Quebec residents (FAQUE). The benefits are estimated since they are not available from the T1 form. To summarize, Quebec provincial Family Allowance payments are covered by LAD from 1982 to 1986 (in the Family Allowance variable, FA___) and from 1994 to 1996 (in the Quebec Family Allowance variable, FAQUE). Quebec Family Allowance information is not available from 1987 to 1993, and therefore there is some inconsistency in XTIRC.
Beginning in 1989, family allowance was clawed back from higher income families. See Family Allowance repayment, calculated for more information.
See Family benefits, FABEN which contains Family Allowance and family benefits from 1982 to present.
Derived from: Line 118 (1984 to 1992), Line 12 (1982 to 1983)
TIRC_: Included from 1982 to 1992 inclusively. Federal Family Allowance was replaced by the Child Tax Benefit in 1993.
XTIRC: Included from 1982 to 1992 inclusively. Family Allowance was replaced by the Child Tax Benefit in 1993. Provincial family allowance has been included in XTIRC as following: Quebec (from 1982 to 1986 in FA_ and 1994 to present in FABEN), British Columbia (from 1996 in FABEN), New Brunswick (from 1997 in FABEN) and Alberta (from 1997 in FABEN), Nova Scotia (from 1998 in FABEN), Ontario (from 1998 in FABEN), Saskatchewan (from 1998 in FABEN) and Northwest Territories (from 1998 in FABEN).
LAD: FA___ I, F, P
(1991 to 1992)
Definition: Family Allowance repayment calculated refers to the calculated amount of Family Allowance benefits repaid to the government. A new rule was introduced in the 1989 taxation year and applied to taxfilers who received Family Allowance benefits. If a taxfiler had a net income of more than the limit ($50,000 in 1989, $50,850 in 1990, $51,765 in 1991 and $53,215 in 1992), then the taxfiler was required to repay to the government part of the benefits received. Family Allowance repayment calculated is one element of the social benefits repayment field on the T1 General (Line 235).
Derived from: Part of Line 235 (1989 to 1992, also see Line 118). Line 235 is the Social benefits repayment field and consists of the benefits to be repaid on:
LAD: RFACL I, F, P
(1994 to 1996)
Definition: This variable contains the estimated benefits received by Quebec residents for Quebec Family Allowance. The benefits are estimated since they are not available from the T1 form. Federal and provincial Family Allowance payments for Quebec residents are covered by the LAD from 1982 to 1986 in Family Allowance (FA__) and, beginning in 1994, in Quebec Family Allowance (FAQUE). Amounts received were not available from 1987 to 1993 resulting in some inconsistency in XTIRC. Quebec Family Allowance (FAQUE) had been merged into Family Allowance benefits (FABEN), and is no longer available as a separate variable.
The Family benefits variable (FABEN) includes the estimated benefits from Family Allowance and family benefits for both federal and provincial programs from 1982 to present.
Derived from: T1FF processing
TIRC_: Not present.
XTIRC: Covered from 1982 to 1986 under Family Allowance (FA___). These payments are not included from 1987 to 1993. Covered from 1994 to 1996 under Quebec Family Allowance (FAQUE). Covered from 1982 to 1986 and 1994 to present in Family benefits (FABEN).
LAD: FAQUE I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable contains the estimated benefits received from Family Allowance and family benefits from both federal and provincial programs. Outlined below is an historical overview of the evolution of this variable.
1982 to 1992:
Family benefits refer to benefits received from a now defunct Family Allowance federal program that was universally available on a monthly basis to provide financial assistance to parents or guardians of dependent children. A parent or guardian who wholly or substantially maintained a dependent child under 18 could apply for Family Allowance and receive the benefit up to and including the month in which the child turned 18. There were restrictions on who was eligible, e.g. residency requirements. The Family Allowance payments had to be reported as income and were therefore taxable.
A dependent child was defined as a child with no Taxable income of his or her own until 1988. Beginning in 1988, this stipulation was dropped because the Canada Revenue Agency introduced non-refundable tax credits and this changed the method of reporting Taxable income. From 1988 onward, a dependent could have some Taxable income and still receive Family Allowance.
Until 1992, residents of Quebec received Family Allowance (FA_) payments from both the federal and provincial governments. From 1982 to 1986, the sum of the two amounts was reported. From 1987 onward, the provincial payments were non-taxable. As a result, the provincial payments are no longer included in the Family Allowance received field, and consequently excluded from XTIRC. The federal Family Allowance payments to residents of Quebec continued to be reported in this field until 1992.
1993:
In 1993, the Child Tax Benefit (CTBI_) program replaced the federal Family Allowance program. Residents of Quebec continued to receive provincial payments, but this information was unavailable for 1993 and therefore there is some inconsistency in XTIRC.
1994 to present:
Quebec Family Allowance (FAQUE) is included in FABEN. These benefits are estimated since they are not available from the T1 form.
1996 to present:
Family benefits for British Columbia (FABC) is included in FABEN. These benefits consist of the British Columbia Family Bonus. These benefits are estimated since they are not available from the T1 form.
1997 to present:
Family benefits for Alberta and New Brunswick are included in this variable. The Alberta family benefits consist of the Alberta Family Employment Tax Credit. The New Brunswick family benefits consist of the New Brunswick Child Tax Benefit and the Working Income Supplement. These benefits are estimated since they are not available from the T1 form.
1998 to present:
Family benefits for Nova Scotia, Ontario, Saskatchewan and Northwest Territories are included in this variable. The Nova Scotia benefits consist of the Nova Scotia Child Tax Benefit. The Ontario benefits consist of the Child Care Supplement for Working Families. The Saskatchewan benefits consist of the Child Tax Benefit. The Northwest Territories Benefits consist of the Child Benefit and the Territorial Worker's Supplement. These benefits are estimated since they are not available from the T1 form.
1999 to present:
Family benefits for Nunavut is included. These benefits consist of the Child Benefit and the Territorial Worker's Supplement. These benefits are estimated since they are not available from the T1 form.
Derived from: T1FF Processing (1994 to present), Line 118 (1984 to 1992), Line 12 (1982 to 1983)
TIRC_: 1982 to 1986; Provincial Family Allowance for Quebec, Taxable.
1982 to 1992; Federal Family Allowance for all provinces, Taxable.
XTIRC: 1982 to 1986; Provincial Family Allowance for Quebec, Taxable.
1982 to 1992; Federal Family Allowance for all provinces, Taxable.
1994 to present; Provincial Family Allowance for Quebec, Non-taxable.
1996 to present; Provincial Family benefits for British Colombia, Non-taxable.
1997 to present; Provincial Family benefits for Alberta and New Brunswick, Non-taxable.
1998 to present; Provincial Family benefits for Nova Scotia, Ontario, Saskatchewan and Northwest Territories, Non-taxable.
1999 to present; Provincial Family benefits for Nunavut, Non-taxable.
LAD: FABEN I, F, P
(1996 only)
Definition: This variable contains the estimated benefits received by British Columbia residents from the British Columbia Family Bonus. The benefits are estimated since they are not available from the T1 form. From 1997, British Columbia family benefits (FABC_) have been merged into Family Allowance benefits (FABEN) and are no longer available as a separate variable.
The Family benefits variable (FABEN) includes the estimated benefits from Family Allowance and family benefits for both federal and provincial programs from 1982 to present.
Derived from: T1FF Processing
TIRC_: Not present
XTIRC: Included in 1996, See FABEN.
LAD: FABC_ I, F, P
(2012 to present)
Definition: When calculating the tax credit amount for an eligible dependant, a taxfiler must include the amount of net income of an eligible dependant for whom they are claiming the credit (see variable CAREGDEP).
CAREGDEPNETIC represents the net income of the eligible dependant, as claimed by the client. For further information please consult variable CAREGDEP
Derived from: Line 5106 Schedule 5
LAD: CAREGDEPNETIC I, F, P
(2012 to present)
Definition: The number of dependants for which the taxfiler is claiming the family caregiver tax credit, as claimed by the client. The taxfiler must enter the total number of dependants for whom you entered $2,000 on line 2 for this calculation.
For further information please consult variable CAREGDEP
Derived from: Line 5112 Schedule 5
LAD: CAREGDEPNBR I, F, P
(2012 to present)
Definition: This variable indicates the amount of the family caregiver tax credit for a dependant, as claimed by the client. If the taxfiler has an eligible dependant, the Family caregiver amount (FCA) allows them to claim an additional amount of $2,000 a tax credit if the dependant has an impairment in a physical or mental function.
Note
The maximum amount for infirm dependants age 18 or older (line 306) includes the additional amount of $2,000 for the FCA.
The dependant with the impairment must be:
- an individual 18 years of age or older and dependent on you because of an impairment in physical or mental functions; or
- a child under 18 years of age, with an impairment in physical or mental functions. The impairment must be prolonged and indefinite and the child must be dependent on you for assistance in attending to personal needs and care when compared to children of the same age.
You must have a signed statement from a medical doctor showing when the impairment began and what the duration of the impairment is expected to be. For children under 18 years of age, the statement should also show that the child, because of an impairment in physical or mental functions, is dependent on others for an indefinite duration. This dependence means they need much more assistance for their personal needs and care compared to children of the same age. You can claim the FCA for more than one eligible dependant.
Derived from: Line 5110 Schedule 5
LAD: CAREGDEP I, F, P
(2012 to present)
Definition: This variable indicates the amount of the family caregiver tax credit for a spouse or common-law partner, as claimed by the client.
If the taxfiler has an eligible spouse or common-law partner, the Family caregiver amount (FCA) allows them to claim an additional amount of $2,000 a tax credit if the spouse or common-law partner has an impairment in a physical or mental function.
The spouse or common-law partner with the impairment must be:
- an individual 18 years of age or older and dependent on you because of an impairment in physical or mental functions.
The taxfiler must have a signed statement from a medical doctor showing when the impairment began and what the duration of the impairment is expected to be.
Derived from: Line 5109 Schedule 5
LAD: CAREGSP I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Family flag is a code that is assigned to every record. It identifies where the individual was matched within the family system, under what conditions, and whether or not the individual in a given family is an adult or a child. This variable is not intended to be used as an indicator of marital status.
The following codes have been assigned:
'0' Unmatched filer
'1' Married couple
'2' Declared married, filers living at the same address
'3' Widowed/deceased, one of the spouses is deceased
'4' Married couple, neither person lists a spousal SIN, filers matched by address
'5' Formerly married
'6' Tax-filing child
'7' Non-filing spouse, imputed record
'8' Non-filing child, imputed record
'9' Common-law couple with at least one spouse reporting
'10' Deceased/deceased couple, deceased filer matched with deceased filer
'11' Deceased/couple, deceased filer matched with a spouse who has remarried.
Derived from: T1FF processing
LAD: FFLAG I character
(2000 to present)
Definition: Starting in 2000, a same sex couple could report on the tax form that they are a common-law family.
Derived from: T1FF processing
LAD: SSFLG I character
(1982 to present)
Definition: The family identification number (FIN) is a unique number assigned to each family. Each member within the family is assigned the same number. It is used to identify individual census families that have been created in a specific year. This number is not necessarily the same from one year to the next because it is randomly chosen from either parent if the two exist.
Derived from: T1FF processing
LAD: FIN__ I
(1982 to present)
Definition: This is a code assigned to each individual to identify his or her family composition. It identifies the family type as of December 31st of the tax year. A negative code indicates that a deceased person is included in the family unit. If the individual dies in a given year, his or her status after death is indicated in this variable.
The following codes have been assigned:
* There may be filing or imputed children in these families.
Derived from: T1FF Processing
LAD: FCMP_ I
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable measures the total size of the family by counting the number of persons in the family.
Derived from: LAD processing
LAD: FSIZE I
(2010 to present)
Definition: This variable measures the amount of Farming and fishing income eligible for the capital gains deduction from the disposition of eligible capital property (for details, see Form T657).
Derived from: Line 173 Schedule 3
LAD: KGELGBFRMI_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Gross farming income is the total income from the taxfiler's unincorporated farming operation, before costs and expenses are deducted. If the enterprise is a partnership, each partner reports income from the entire operation.
Until 1994, reporting of self-employment income was on a fiscal year basis and the fiscal year end was the end of the taxation year for reporting this income. Beginning in 1995, most individuals are required to report self-employment income on a calendar year basis. However, eligible individuals may be able to use an alternative method of reporting whereby the fiscal period does not end on December 31. Due to this rule change, individuals reporting self-employment income in 1995 may have reported more than one fiscal year's income (i.e. more than 12 months).
Note: When this variable is reported for more than one person in a family, the family and parents aggregate levels contain only the amount from one of these persons, to be specific, the highest value. It has been assumed that when more than one person in the family reports this self-employment income, these family persons are all working for the same business.
Derived from: Line 168 (1984 to present), Line 87 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: FMGRS I, F, P (formerly SGFAR from 1982 to 1995, retroactively changed to FMGRS in 1996)
(1982 to present)
Definition: Net farming income is the taxfiler's share of income (gain or loss) from an unincorporated farming operation, after costs and expenses are deducted. It is a component of self-employment income. Amounts reported by taxfilers might be positive, negative or zero.
Until 1994, reporting of self-employment income was on a fiscal year basis and the fiscal year end was the end of the taxation year for reporting this income. Beginning in 1995, most individuals are required to report self-employment income on a calendar year basis. However, eligible individuals may be able to use an alternative method of reporting whereby the fiscal period does not end on December 31. Due to this rule change, individuals reporting self-employment income in 1995 may have reported more than one fiscal year's income (i.e. more than 12 months).
Derived from: Line 141 (1984 to present), Line 22 (1982 to 1983)
TIRC_: Included from 1982 to present
XTIRC: Included from 1982 to present
LAD: FMNET I, F, P (formerly SNFAR from 1982 to 1995, retroactively changed to FMNET in 1996)
(2001 to present)
Definition: If you reported dividends on line 120 of your return, enter on line 425 of Schedule 1 the total of the dividend tax credits from taxable Canadian corporations shown on your information slips. Foreign dividends do not qualify for this credit.
From 2001 to 2005
If you received dividends, the federal dividend tax credit is 13.3333% of your taxable amount of dividends reported on line 120.
From 2006 to 2011
If you received eligible dividends, the federal dividend tax credit is:
Year | Federal dividend tax credit |
---|---|
2006 to 2009 | 18.97% |
2010 | 17.97% |
2011 to 2013 | 15.02% |
of your taxable amount of eligible dividends reported on line 120.
If you received dividends (other than eligible), the federal dividend tax credit is 13.3333% of your taxable amount of dividends reported on line 180.
Derived from: Line 425 Schedule 1
LAD: FEDDI I, F, P
(2002 to present)
Definition: This variable measures the final amount payable by the taxfiler, or the total amount refundable to the taxfiler as calculated.
Derived from: Line 484 and Line 485
LAD: FINBL I, F, P
(2013)
Definition: A unique identification number for each First Nation settlement within Canada.
Derived from: CRA calculation
LAD: FNSTLN_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Gross fishing income is the total income from the taxfiler's unincorporated fishing operation, before costs and expenses are deducted. If the enterprise is a partnership, each partner reports income from the entire operation.
Until 1994, reporting of self-employment income was on a fiscal year basis and the fiscal year end was the end of the taxation year for reporting this income. Beginning in 1995, most individuals are required to report self-employment income on a calendar year basis. However, eligible individuals may be able to use an alternative method of reporting whereby the fiscal period does not end on December 31. Due to this rule change, individuals reporting self-employment income in 1995 may have reported more than one fiscal year's income (i.e. more than 12 months).
Note: When this variable is reported for more than one person in a family, the family and parents aggregate levels contain only the amount from one of these persons, precisely the highest value. It has been assumed that when more than one person in the family reports this self-employment income, these family persons are all working for the same business.
Derived from: Line 170 (1984 to present), Line 88 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: FSGRS I, F, P (formerly SGFIS from 1982 to 1995, retroactively changed to FSGRS in 1996)
(1982 to present)
Definition: Net fishing income is the taxfiler's share of income (gain or loss) from an unincorporated fishing operation, after costs and expenses are deducted. It is a component of self-employment income. Amounts reported by taxfilers might be positive, negative or zero.
Until 1994, reporting of self-employment income was on a fiscal year basis and the fiscal year end was the end of the taxation year for reporting this income. Beginning in 1995, most individuals are required to report self-employment income on a calendar year basis. However, eligible individuals may be able to use an alternative method of reporting whereby the fiscal period does not end on December 31. Due to this rule change, individuals reporting self-employment income in 1995 may have reported more than one fiscal year's income (i.e. more than 12 months).
Derived from: Line 143 (1984 to present), Line -23 (1982 to 1983)
TIRC_: Included from 1982 to present XTIRC: Included from 1982 to present
LAD: FSNET I, F, P (formerly SNFIS from 1982 to 1995, retroactively changed to FSNET in 1996)
(2012 to present)
Definition: This variable measures the total amount of foreign business taxes paid on foreign business income, as claimed for the year. This variable also includes any unused foreign tax credits for that country for the ten years before, and the three years after this year.
Derived from: Line 434 Form T2209
LAD: FGNBITPD_ I, F, P
(2002 to present)
Definition: Total of non-business income or profits tax a tax filer paid to a foreign country or to a political subdivision of that country for the year, minus any part of this tax that is deductible under subsection 20(11) or deducted under subsection 20(12) of the Canadian Income Tax Act.
Consult Form T2209 for more information.
Derived from: Line 431 Form T2209
LAD: FGNTXPD I, F, P
(1983 to present)
Definition: Unlike other donations, your total eligible amount claimed for these types of gifts is not limited to a percentage of net income. You can choose the part you want to claim in 2010 and carry forward any unused part for up to five years. For more information about the amount to claim for these gifts, see Pamphlet P113, Gifts and Income Tax
Derived from: Line 342 Schedule 9
LAD: OSGIF I, F, P
(1984 to present)
Definition: The Gross Medical Expenses field is a non-refundable tax credit designed to reduce taxable income. Total expenses had to be more than a designated maximum amount set per each tax year of net income (line 236 T1), or 3% whichever was less. It is used to calculate the tax credit. Certain expenses incurred by the taxfiler because of health reasons may be claimed as "allowable medical expenses." The taxfiler may claim medical expenses for him/herself, his/her spouse and his/her dependants as well as an aunt, uncle, niece, nephew, or grandchildren who lived with the taxfiler in the year and were also a dependant for support.
Derived from: Line 330 Schedule 1 (1988 to present)
Line 241 (1984 to 87)
Line 48 (1982 to 83)
LAD: GRSMD I, F, P
(1986 to present)
Definition: This variable represents the federal sales tax (FST) credit and/or goods and services tax (GST) credit that the taxfiler received. In 1990, the goods and services tax credit and federal sales tax credit overlapped. In 1991, the federal sales tax credit was completely replaced by the goods and services tax credit. The GST was enacted in 1990 as part of the tax imposed on virtually all personal expenditures beginning January 1, 1991. The GST credit is intended to offset the cost of tax for lower income individuals and families. The GST Credit replaced the FST credit on the 1991 return. Taxfilers could apply for the GST credit on the 1989 and 1990 returns. However, the eligible taxfiler did not receive the first GST credit payment, which is paid tri-annually, until December 1990.
Derived from: FST Credit: Line 446 (1988 to 1990), Line 451 (1986 to 1987). GST Credit: Application on tax form (1991 to present)
TIRC_: Not present
XTIRC: Included from 1986 to present. From 1986 to 1990, it was called the Federal sales tax credit and was replaced by the GST Credit in 1990. In the LAD, the same variable (GHSTC) contains the sum of the FST Credit (1986 to 1990) paid to the filer and the GST Credit (1990 to present)
LAD: GHSTC I, F, P, K (formerly FSGTX from 1986 to 1997, retroactively changed to GHSTC in 1998)
(1990 to present)
Definition: This is the amount of GST rebate given to employees and partners (self-employed). A taxfiler that deducted eligible expenses from income may claim a GST rebate if his or her employer (other than listed financial institutions) has a GST number and if he or she files a GST return; or the taxfiler is a member of a registered partnership and reports on the return-form his or her share of income from that partnership. This rebate is reported as income in the year it is received. Therefore, if a taxfiler received a 1993 GST rebate for self employment, it should be included in their 1994 tax return as income.
Derived from: Line 457 (1991 to present)
LAD: GSTRS I, F, P
(1997 to present)
Definition: To receive this credit, including any related provincial credit, you have to apply for it. Your credit is based on the number of children you have and your net income added to the net income of your spouse or common-law partner (if you have one), minus any amount you or your spouse or common-law partner reported on lines 117 and 125. If you or your spouse or common-law partner deducted an amount on line 213, and/or the amount for a repayment of registered disability savings plan income included on line 232, CRA will add these amounts to you or your spouse's or common-law partner's net income. This information is also used to calculate any payments from certain related provincial programs. Net income is the amount on line 236 of a person's return, or the amount that it would be if the person filed a return.
Derived from: CRA calculation (see also Pamphlet RC4210, GST/HST Credit)
LAD: HST__ I, F, P
(2009 to present)
Definition: The taxfiler can claim an amount of $5,000 for the purchase of a qualifying home made after January 27, 2009 if both of the following apply:
Derived from: Line 369 Schedule 1
LAD: HBA__ I, F, P
(1996 to present)
Definition: This amount represents the repayment made to the RRSP under the Home Buyer's Plan. It is the amount actually repaid in a given year which may differ from the amount due.
Over a period of no more than 15 years, the participant must repay to his or her RRSPs the amounts withdrawn under the HBP. A participant's repayment period starts the second year following the year of his or her withdrawals. If the person repays more than the required amount for the year, their HBP amount due for later years will be reduced accordingly. If the person does not repay the amount due for a given year, the outstanding amount (Shortfall amount variable HBPSH on LAD) must be declared as income for that year.
For more information about the HBP program, please see Home Buyer's Plan withdrawal (HBPWD) variable description.
Derived from: Schedule 7, line 246
LAD: HBPRP I, F, P
(1998 to present)
Definition: The Home Buyer's Plan shortfall amount (HBPSH) is the difference between the repayment amount due for a given year and the repayment amount the HBP participant actually pays (HBPRP).
Over a period of no more than 15 years, the participant must repay to his or her RRSPs the amounts withdrawn under the HBP. A participant's repayment period starts 60 days after the end of the second year following the year of his or her first withdrawals. If the person repays more than the required amount for the year, their HBP amount due for later years will be reduced accordingly. If the person does not repay the amount due for a given year, the outstanding amount is the shortfall amount. The shortfall amount must be included in the person's income for that year.
For more information about the HBP program, please see Home Buyer's Plan withdrawal (HBPWD) variable description.
Derived from: Other HBP variables, HBPWD and HBPRP
LAD: HBPSH I, F, P
(2002 to present)
Definition: This is the total amount of withdrawals made under the most recent participation to Home Buyer's Plan. These withdrawals could have been made in any given year from 1992 onward, and do not necessarily reflect a withdrawal in the current tax year. Therefore this variable should not be used to determine current year withdrawal amounts.
The Home Buyer's Plan (HBP) is a program that allows a person to withdraw up to $20,000 from their registered retirement savings plans (RRSPs) to buy or build a qualifying home. However, the program sets out certain conditions for participation. If an individual meets all the applicable HBP conditions, the withdrawals will not have to be included in his or her income, and the RRSP issuer will not withhold tax on these amounts. If a person buys a qualifying home with their spouse or common-law partner, or with other individuals, each person involved can withdraw up to $20,000.
Prior to 1999, an individual could use the Home Buyer's Plan only once in a lifetime. This restriction is eliminated for 1999 and subsequent years such that, once an individual has repaid all the funds withdrawn for a prior home purchase, he or she may use the Plan again commencing with the year following the final repayment, as long as all of the original conditions for HBP participation are, once again, satisfied.
For more information about the HBP program, please see Home Buyer's Plan repayment (HBPRP) variable description.
Derived from: Schedule 7, line 247
LAD: HBPWD I, F, P
(1986 to present)
Definition: This deduction may be claimed by a taxfiler who received a low interest home relocation loan from his or her employer to move to another residence in order to maintain or to begin a new job.The degree of accuracy of this field is not known because it is seldom used.
Derived from: Line 248 (1986 to present)
LAD: HRLDN I, F, P
(2009 only)
Definition: The taxfiler can claim an amount for eligible expenses incurred for work performed or goods acquired after January 27, 2009 and before February 1, 2010 related to an eligible dwelling. The amount can only be claimed on the 2009 tax return and applies to the total eligible expenses of more than $1,000 but not more than $10,000.
Derived from: Line 368 Schedule 1
LAD: HRE__ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: The Immigrant/emigrant code describes the migratory status of the taxfiler during the taxation year, with respect to movement in and out of Canada. It indicates those taxfilers who move to Canada within the tax year and those who leave Canada within the same year. These movements bear no relation to formal immigration status; they are only recorded to apply taxation laws (prorate of personal amounts for example). For legal immigrant status, please see Landing Year (LNDYR). The codes are:
' '(blank) – no migration
'1' – entry
'2' – exit
'3' – both
Derived from: Personal Information Section, T1 tax form (1982 to present)
LAD: IEMCO I, P, K character (formerly MIGCD from 1986 to 1995, retroactively changed to IEMCO in 1996)
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: This variable specifies the category of immigrant from those of the Immigration Act. This field allows the user to group data from the Longitudinal Immigration Database (IMDB) by defined categories. The codes distinguish first and foremost between types of immigrant, but also define whether or not the immigrant is the principle applicant, whether the request was filed abroad or in Canada and whether or not a special program was resorted to. This variable is a broader categorization than the LAD variable CATIM.
The corresponding codes are:
This variable is only defined for immigrants landing from 1980 to 2012. It is not available for the general LAD population.
Derived from: IMDB variable IMCAT, from Imm_Category_Rollup2_Cd
LAD: IMCAT I character
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: The code for the country of birth.
Note: The country of birth should be accurately identified even though that country may no longer exist or be recognized as a nation state. See the listing under the Immigrant's country of citizenship at landing (PAYSC) variable for the country codes associated with this variable.
This variable is only defined for immigrants landing from 1980 to 2012. It is not available for the general LAD population.
Derived from: IMDB variable FCOB
LAD: PAYSN I character
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: A code representing the immigrant's country of citizenship at the time they were granted permanent residence in Canada. This code may, or may not be, the same as the country of birth or last permanent residence. Country codes are as follows:
This variable is only defined for immigrants landing from 1980 to 2012. It is not available for the general LAD population.
Derived from: IMDB variable CITZ
LAD: PAYSC I character
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: This variable is based on the country of last permanent residence, meaning the country where the immigration applicant has resided on a permanent (or de facto permanent) basis for one year or more. De facto permanent applies to residence in a country that never confers permanent residence (such as "illegal" Chinese in various South East Asian countries) or only after a long period (such as Switzerland).
Exceptions:
a) For a Convention Refugee (CR) or member of any Designated Class (DC), CLPR means the country from which the applicant fled. In the case of Political Prisoners and Oppressed Persons (PPOP) Designated Class, CLPR may be the country in which the refugee is currently living (e.g. Special Programs such as Polish Detainee Program, Salvadorian Political Prisoners and Guatemalan PPOP).
b) Regardless of the time a person has resided in a country, if that person's status is of a temporary nature (foreign student, guest worker, long term visitor) CLPR will be the country where the person resided permanently prior to entering the country of present residence.
CLPR for dependent children of CR/DC applicants should be coded the same as the CLPR of the principal applicant regardless of the country of birth or residence of the child. This applies only to CR and DC cases for dependent children and does not affect the CLPR coding for spouses of CR and DC applicants, which should continue to be determined according to item 10.20(2).
The following countries have been regrouped or restructured compared to the original CLPR variable on the IMDB: England, Scotland, Wales, Northern Ireland and the Channel Islands are classified together under the code for the United Kingdom. Portugal and Azores have separate codes. Spain and Canary Islands have separate codes.
See the listing under the Immigrant's Country of Citizenship at Landing (PAYSC) variable for the country codes associated with this variable.
This variable is only defined for immigrants landing from 1980 to 2012. It is not available for the general LAD population.
Derived from: IMDB variable FCLPR
LAD: PAYSR I character
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: This variable identifies the occupation the immigrant intended to practice in Canada. The intended occupations are coded to the National Occupation Classification (NOC) 4-digit codes. To obtain a complete list of the NOC codes, please contact income@statcan.gc.ca, Income Statistics Division, Client Services, 1-888-297-7355, 170, Tunney's Pasture Driveway, Statistics Canada, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 0T6.
The following list shows the 2007 National Occupation Classification major groups (two digits):
This variable is only defined for immigrants landing from 1980 to 2012. It is not available for the general LAD population.
Derived from: IMDB variable NOC4
LAD: CNP4_ I character
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: Place of intended destination at landing. The first two characters represent the province codes. The final three characters are Citizenship and Immigration Canada's original destination code converted to 2006 Census equivalent codes for CMA/CA (with the addition of Nunavut). Combined, the 5-character IPRMR codes are as follows (some of these combinations may not exist in the sample population).
This variable is only defined for immigrants landing from 1980 to 2012. It is not available for the general LAD population.
Derived from: IMDB variable Destination_CMA_Cd06
LAD: IPRMR I character
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: This is a derived variable for educational attainment at the time of landing. The variable identifies ranges for years of schooling when individuals do not have formal credentials and non-university and university degrees where they are indicated at the time of landing. You may also want to consider the Immigrant's years of schooling at landing (IEDAN) variable.
The codes are:
' ' Level of education not stated
'1' 0 to 9 years of schooling
'2' 10 to 12 years of schooling
'3' 13 years or more of schooling or has completed some university, without having obtained a degree/diploma/certificate
'4' Has obtained a Trade Certificate
'5' Has obtained a non-university diploma
'6' Has obtained a Bachelor's degree
'7' Has obtained a Master's degree
'8' Has obtained a Doctorate
This variable is only defined for immigrants landing from 1980 to 2012. It is not available for the general LAD population.
Derived from: IMDB variable FEDUC
LAD: IEDCD I character
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: Marital status at time of landing. For marital status information in other years, see the Marital status (MSTCO) or Individual flag (INDFL) variables.
The codes are:
' ' – Marital Status not stated
'0' – Unknown
'1' – Single
'2' – Married
'3' – Widowed
'4' – Divorced
'5' – Separated
'6' – Common Law
'7' – Annulled Marriage
This variable is only defined for immigrants landing from 1980 to 2012. It is not available for the general LAD population.
Derived from: IMDB variable M_STAT
LAD: STATM I character
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: Specifies the code for the immigrant's primary or native language. Codes are as follows:
This variable is only defined for immigrants landing from 1980 to 2012. It is not available for the general LAD population.
Derived from: IMDB variable NAT_LANG
LAD: LNGMA I character
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: Identifies the immigrant's self-reported knowledge of Canada's official languages at immigration time. This differs markedly from the Language, English or French (LNGCO) variable which represents on an annual basis the language of the tax form and, since 1995, the preferred language for correspondence.
The codes are:
' ' – unknown / not reported
'1' – English
'2' – French
'3' – English and French
'4' – Neither
This variable is only defined for immigrants landing from 1980 to 2012. It is not available for the general LAD population.
Derived from: IMDB variable CAN_LANG/ OFFICIAL_LANGUAGE_CD
LAD: LNGOF I character
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: The code for the special program under which the permanent resident landed in Canada.
The codes are: Immigrant's special program code table
This variable is only defined for immigrants landing from 1980 to 2012. It is not available for the general LAD population.
Derived from: IMDB variable SPC_P
LAD: IPSPC character
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: The number of years of formal schooling successfully completed at landing. (Maximum coded is 25 years). The variable Immigrant's level of education at landing (IEDCD) completes this one by listing the highest diploma obtained.
This variable is only defined for immigrants landing from 1980 to 2012. It is not available for the general LAD population.
Derived from: IMDB variable SCH_YR
LAD: IEDAN I
(1982 to present)
Definition: Income after tax is the total income (XTIRC) excluding provincial and federal taxes and including the Quebec abatement. This variable is available for both taxfilers and imputed individuals. However, imputed individuals have NPTXC = 0, NFTXC = 0 and ABQUE = 0, resulting in AFTAX = XTIRC.
Prior 1984, because the Quebec abatement was not available income after tax is total income excluding provincial and federal taxes.
Derived from: T1FF processing
LAD: AFTAX I, F, P, K
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable is calculated as the sum of values from Income After Tax (AFTAX) plus net capital gains (CLKGX).
Derived from: AFTAX and CLKGX
LAD: AFTIC I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: the total income defined by the Canada Revenue Agency is the sum of the following income sources:
Also, from 1982 to 1992, Family Allowance received (FA___) was included in the calculation of total income as defined by the Canada Revenue Agency, and from 1982 to 1987, Other allowable expenses (ALEXP) and Employment expense deduction (EMPLEX) were subtracted from total income as defined by the Canada Revenue Agency.
Derived from: Line 150 (1984 to present), Line 24 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: TIRC_ I, F, P, K
(1982 to present)
Definition: Total income (TIRC), as found on Line 150 of the T1 tax form, refers to the sum of a taxfiler's income for the Canada Revenue Agency's purpose. ISD modified this variable to create its own definition of total income (XTIRC). It includes the taxfiler's income from taxable as well as non-taxable sources. This definition has changed over the years to reflect changes in the tax form, refundable tax credits, and income calculations. The relationship between the Canada Revenue Agency's and ISD's definition is as follows (see Section 14, Table 4 for a complete list of variables):
XTIRC = TIRC - {adjustment for dividends} - {capital gains} + {refundable tax credits} + {other non-Taxable income}
Total income as defined by ISD is the sum of the following income sources:
1982 to 1986; Provincial Family Allowance for Quebec.
1982 to 1992; Federal Family Allowance for all provinces.
1994 to present; Provincial Family Allowance for Quebec.
1996 to present; Provincial family benefits for British Colombia.
1997 to present; Provincial family benefits for Alberta and New Brunswick.
1998 to present; Provincial family benefits for Nova Scotia, Ontario, Saskatchewan and Northwest Territories.
Derived from: T1FF processing
LAD: XTIRC I, F, P, K
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable is calculated as the sum of values from income before tax, total (ISD definition) (XTIRC) plus net capital gains (CLKGX).
Derived from: XTIRC and CLKGX
LAD: XTIIC I, F, P
(1999 to present)
Definition: Employment income for a Canadian Indian exempted from income tax according to the Indian Exemption for Employment Income Act.
The employer must fill out form TD-IN for a Canadian Indian if one of the following conditions are met:
Derived from: TD-IN form (1999 to present)
LAD: EXIND I,P,F, K
(1982 to present)
Definition: The Description of the individual is a numeric code that is assigned to individuals.
Following is a list of the codes and their meaning:
If an individual dies in a given year, his or her status prior to death is defined in this variable.
There is no restriction on the ages of children. A child is defined as anyone who is single and living with one or both parents. For example, a 50 year-old child may be living with a 70 year-old parent. This family would be classified as lone-parent.
Derived from: LAD processing
LAD: INDFL I, K
(1982 to present)
Definition: Interest and investment income is an income that is earned from interest and other investments during the tax year. This type of income can be received as a result of Canada Savings Bonds, corporate bonds, trusts, bank or other deposits, mortgages, notes, foreign interest, foreign dividend income and other property.
Derived from: Line 121 (1984 to present), Line 15 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: INVI_ I, F, P, K
(1991 to present)
Definition: You can claim an investment tax credit if you carry on a business and create one or more new child care spaces for children of your employees and other children.
You may be eligible for this credit if any of the following apply. You:
For investment tax credits earned in a year after 2005, the carry-forward period is 20 years. For more information, see Form T2038(IND), Investment Tax Credit (Individuals).
Derived from: Line 412 Schedule 1
LAD: INVTC I, F, P
(1988 to present)
Definition: A taxfiler may claim this credit if they were the first registered holder to acquire or irrevocably subscribe to and pay an approved share of the capital stock of a prescribed labour-sponsored venture capital corporation (LSVCC). This credit is equivalent to 15% of the net cost the taxfiler paid for the shares to a maximum of $750. The net cost is calculated as the amount the taxfiler paid for the shares minus any government assistance (other than federal of provincial tax credits) on the shares
Derived from: Line 414 Schedule 1
LAD: LKTXC I, F, P
(1997 to present)
Definition: This variable measures the net cost to the tax filer of their contributions to a prescribed labour-sponsored venture capital corporation (LSVCC). Net cost is the amount a tax filer paid for their shares, minus any government assistance (other than federal or provincial tax credits) on the shares.
Derived from: Line 413 Schedule 1
LAD: LSTCN I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: This is a numeric variable identifying the individual in LAD, as unique.
In the LAD files, LIN is maintained in order to ensure that information for an individual can be linked across years.
Derived from: LAD processing, T1 tax form (1982 to present)
LAD: LIN__ I, P
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: Landing year is defined as the year in which the immigrant landed.
This variable exists for all LAD selected individuals. If they are not immigrants landed between 1980 and the present, the value will be missing or zero. It is therefore possible to identify all recent immigrants and compare them with the non-recent immigrants (this population includes the Canadian-born, the immigrants landed in other years and all non permanent residents).Derived from: IMDB variable LNDYR
REG: LNDYR I
(1982 to present)
Definition: The official language code, either 'E': English or 'F': French. Prior to 1995, it is language of the form that the taxfiler submits. It is not necessarily a good indicator of language spoken by the taxfiler. From 1995 to present, it is language of correspondence requested by the taxfiler.
Derived from: Canada Revenue Agency Processing of T1 Tax Form
LAD: LNGCO I, P character
(1988 to present)
Definition: Net partnership income is reported for limited or non-active partners only. It is the taxfiler's income, after costs and expenses are deducted, if he or she was a limited partner of a partnership that did not include a rental or farming operation. Amounts reported by the taxfiler might be positive, negative or zero. This variable is included in TIRC_ and XTIRC from 1988 to the present. Prior to 1988, limited partnership income (LTPI_) was declared in net business income (SEI__), net rental income (RNET_), or may have been declared in other income (OI___), depending on the type of business.
Derived from: Line 122 (1988 to present)
LAD: LTPI_ I, F, P
(1991 to present)
Definition: If the taxfiler had limited partnership losses in previous years which they have not already deducted, they may be able to claim part of these losses this year. The taxfiler can carry forward limited partnership losses indefinitely. If the taxfiler claims these losses, they must attach to their paper return a statement showing a breakdown of their total losses, the year of each loss, and the amounts deducted in previous years.
Derived from: Line 251 T1
LAD: LTPLP I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: The Low income status flag identifies low income individuals and families according to the low income measure (LIM). The LIM is one-half of the adjusted median family income after tax, where 'adjusted' indicates a consideration of family size. The ISD definition of total after-tax income (AFTAX) is used to establish this LIM threshold.
Derived from: LAD Processing (1982 to present)
LAD: LIMAT I
(1982 to present)
Definition: The Low income status flag identifies low income individuals and families according to the low income measure (LIM). The LIM is one-half of the adjusted median family income, where 'adjusted' indicates a consideration of family size. The ISD definition of total income (XTIRC) is used to establish this LIM threshold.
Derived from: LAD processing (1982 to present)
LAD: LIMXT I
(2000 to present)
Definition: This codes the main sub-sector of paid employment activity for the individual according to 3-digit North-American Industry Classification System (NAICS) of the employers. The data is derived from a linkage between the T4 slips issued for the individual and Statistics Canada's Business Register. For a business with operations in several industrial sub-sectors, the principal sub-sector is chosen (this may not be the sector of activity of the individual). The employment earnings associated with each T4 slip are aggregated by 3-digit NAICS and the two top sub-sectors of paid-employment are stored in Main principal industry sub-sector of employers (NAIC1) and Secondary principal industry sub-sector of employers (NAIC2). A count of the different industries appearing on at least one slip for the individual shows up in Principal industry sub-sectors of employers, number of (NAICC). The T4 slips issued to individual, number of (T4CNT) variable is also available. The code 'NNN' represents people not associated to a T4 slip and 'UUU' means missing NAICS information for the business.
A complete list of the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) is available on the Statistics Canada website www.statcan.gc.ca.
Derived from: T4 slips and Business Register
LAD: NAIC1 I character
(2010 to present)
Definition: You may claim this advance if you were a resident of Manitoba at the end of the year and you have eligible tuition fees relating to a school term that ended after November 30. The amount of the advance you can claim on line 48 is 5% of your eligible tuition fees or $250, whichever is less. The lifetime maximum claim for this advance is $5,000.
Eligible tuition fees are tuition fees for which you can claim the federal tuition amount on line 320 of the federal Schedule 11. Tuition fees are eligible for this advance even if you transferred an amount to your spouse or common-law partner, your parent or grandparent, or your spouse's or common-law partner's parent or grandparent. You cannot claim the advance tuition fee income tax rebate if you claimed the tuition fee income tax rebate on line 65 of Form MB428.
Derived from: Line 48 Form MB479
LAD: MBATFTCC_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: You may claim this tax credit if you were a resident of Manitoba at the end of the year and you or your spouse or common-law partner incurred the eligible medical expenses for fertility treatment after September 30 and paid the same year.
Eligible medical expenses for fertility treatment are expenses that you can claim as medical expenses on line 330 of your federal Schedule 1. These expenses must be paid for infertility treatment services to a fertility clinic in Manitoba. Medications prescribed in relation to this treatment are also eligible. If you have a spouse or common-law partner, only one of you may claim this credit. The amount of the credit you can claim on line 50 is 40% of expenses or $8,000, whichever is less.
Derived from: Line 50 Form MB479
LAD: MBFRTTCC_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Marital status is a numeric code representing the marital status of the taxfiler.
The marital status and corresponding codes are:
' ' – (blank) Missing value
'M' – Married
'C' – Common-law (available as of 1992)
'W' – Widowed
'D' – Divorced
'A' – Separated
'S' – Single
The marital status variable is not considered to be reliable because it appears to be subjective. Better indicators of marital status may be the family type variable (FCMP_) and the description of the individual variable (INDFL).
Derived from: Personal information section, T1 tax form (1982 to present)
LAD: MSTCO I character
(1982 to present)
Definition: Market income is defined as total income excluding government transfer payments from government programs. These exclusions include workers' compensation, Child Tax Benefit, employment insurance, CPP/QPP, etc.
Market income consists of the following variables:
Market income plus income from government transfer payments will equal what has been defined as Total income by ISD (XTIRC).
Derived from: This variable is derived at the time of retrieval. Please consult with LAD staff.
LAD: MKINC I, F, P, K
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable is calculated as the sum of values from market income (MKINC) plus net capital gains (CLKGX).
Derived from: MKINC and CLKGX
LAD: MKIIC I, F, P
(1980 to 2012)
Definition: This field is a 'Master categorization' of immigrant categories which allows the user to group IMDB data by custom categories. In layperson's terms, the computer program constructs the categories by translating 'old Act' categories to 'new Act' ones and distinguishing between immigrants whose applications were processed abroad or in Canada, whether or not they fall under 'Special Programs' and whether they are Principle Applicants or not. This 'Master Categorization' serves as the basis for grouping specific categories into broader groupings, e.g., all applications processed abroad versus processed inland and immigrants processed through 'Special Programs'.
1 – if the immigrant is the principle applicant;
2 – if the immigrant is a spouse;
3 – if the immigrant is a dependant (excluding those processed as a result regulation J88 since June 1991);
4 – if the immigrant is a dependent (including only those processed as a result of regulation J88 since 1991);
5 – definition still to be provided by CIC; and
6 – unknown family status.
CATIM Immigration Act categorie.0s (first 3 digits of the 6 digit codes) are listed below. Old immigration act categories (CATEG) are included.
This variable is only defined for immigrants landing from 1980 to 2012. It is not available for the general LAD population.
Derived from: IMDB variable MAST_CAT
LAD: CATIM I character
(1997 to present)
Definition: This represents the total of all allowable amounts for each dependant. The part of eligible medical expenses a tax filer or their spouse or common-law partner paid for the following persons who depended on the tax filer for support:
Derived from: Line 331 Schedule 1
LAD: MEDAJ I, F, P
(1984 to present)
Definition: A taxfiler can claim calculated medical expenses as a deduction, as long as the filer has not and will not be reimbursed for the expense. However, a taxfiler may claim expenses if the reimbursement is included in his or her income, such as a benefit shown on a T4 slip, and if the taxfiler did not deduct the reimbursement anywhere else on the tax return.
Derived from: Line 332 (1988 to present), Line 242 (1984 to 1987)
LAD: MDEXC I, F, P
(2001 to present)
Definition: If a taxfiler paid minimum tax on any of their 2005 to 2011 returns but they do not have to pay minimum tax for 2012, they may be able to claim credits against their taxes for 2012 for all or part of the minimum tax they paid in those years. To calculate their claim, a taxfiler must complete the applicable parts of Form T691, Alternative Minimum Tax.
Derived from: Line 427 T1
LAD: MINTX I, F, P
(1986 to present)
Definition: Moving expenses are a deduction available for taxfilers who have moved for employment or scholastic reasons (within Canada) during the tax year. Prior to 1986, this deduction was included in the 'other deduction' field, which is unavailable on the LAD.
Derived from: Line 219 (1988 to present), Line 222 (1986 to 1987)
LAD: MVEXP I, F, P
(2009 to present)
Definition: This variable measures the net capital gain/loss from the disposition of bonds, debentures, promissory notes, and other similar properties.
Derived from: Line 153 Schedule 3
LAD: KGLOF I, F, P
2010 to present)
Definition: This variable measures the net capital gain/loss from the disposition of other mortgage foreclosures and conditional sales repossessions.
Derived from: Line 155 Schedule 3
LAD: KGLFRMCLOS_ I, F, P
(2009 to present)
Definition: This variable measures the net capital gain/loss from the qualified disposition of other mortgage foreclosures and conditional sales repossessions. This variable falls within the category on Schedule 3 referring to qualified farm property and qualified fishing property.
Derived from: Line 124 Schedule 3
LAD: KGLFM I, F, P
(1983 to present)
Definition: Within certain limits, you can deduct your net capital losses of previous years that you have not already claimed. Your available losses are shown on your notice of assessment or notice of reassessment. You probably will have to adjust any losses you incurred after 1987 and before 2001.
Derived from: Line 253 Form T1
LAD: KLPYC I, F, P
(2006 to present)
Definition: Taxable amount of eligible dividends, DIVTE = (DIVTX – DIVTO). See also variables DIVTX and DIVTO.
Derived from: T1FF Processing
LAD: DIVTE I, F, P
(1992 to present)
Definition: Net federal supplements are the combination of Guaranteed Income Supplement, Allowance for the Survivor, and Spouse's Allowance, which are part of the Old Age Security pension program. These are transfers made to seniors with low or no income.
The Canada Revenue Agency may not require people receiving these supplements to file tax returns since they likely have no Taxable income. However, starting in 1992, net federal supplements, Workers' compensation payments and social assistance payments were to be reported and have been included in total income as defined by the Canada Revenue Agency. People receiving these benefits have an incentive to file tax returns in order to obtain provincial and/or federal tax credits.
Derived from: Line 146
LAD: NFSL_ I, F, P
(2012 to present)
Definition: This variable measures the total net amount of foreign business income received, as claimed by the client. The variable represents the net amount by which the business income a taxfiler earned in a foreign country is greater that the business losses the taxfiler incurred in that country.
Derived from: Line 439 Form T2209
LAD: FGNBITC_ I, F, P
(1997 to present)
Definition: Net amount a tax filer calculates when the non-business income they earned in a foreign country is more than the non-business losses they incurred in that country.
Consult Form T2209 for more information.
Derived from: Line 433 Form T2209
LAD: FGNI I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Net income is the taxfiler's total income (Canada Revenue Agency definition, TIRC_) less deductions and social benefits repayments (RSBCL).
Social benefits repayments (RSBCL) consists of:
Total deductions from total income (not available on LAD) consists of:
Prior to 1988, many of the non-refundable tax credits were deductions from total income.
Total deductions from total income before 1988 consisted of:
Derived from: Line 236 (1988 to present), Line 224 (1984 to 1987), Line 41 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: NETIC I, F, P, K
(2011 to present)
Definition: A filer can claim an amount of $3,000 for this non-refundable tax credit. The following conditions must be met:
If a filer provided services to the same fire department, other than as a volunteer, for the same or similar duties, he or she cannot include any hours related to that department in determining if the 200 hours threshold is met.
Derived from: Line 5830 of form NL428, see also Line 362, Schedule 1
LAD: NRNLFIREC_ I, F, P
(1984 to present)
Definition: In 2011, enter the amount of the unapplied non-capital losses you reported on your 2004 to 2010 returns that you want to apply. For non-capital losses incurred in tax years ending after March 22, 2004, and before 2006, the loss carry-forward period is 10 years. For non-capital losses incurred in tax years after 2005, the loss carry-forward period is 20 years.
Also, enter any unapplied farming and fishing losses you reported on your 2001 to 2010 returns that you want to apply in 2011. Your available losses are shown on your notice of assessment or notice of reassessment for 2010. There are restrictions on the amount of certain farm losses that you can deduct each year.
Derived from: Line 252 Form T1
LAD: NKLPY I, F, P
(1988 to present)
Definition: This field refers to the amount of credit claimed by a taxfiler. It is a percentage of the total non-refundable tax credits, plus a percentage of charitable donations.
Non-refundable tax credits cannot be carried over to other years, with the exception of charitable donations, and they cannot be transferred to the spouse, with the exception of the age amount, pension income credit, disability deduction, and tuition fees and education amount. Medical expenses and, since 1995, charitable donations, can be claimed by either spouse.
Prior to the 1988 tax reform, taxfilers used personal exemptions and deductions to reduce their Taxable income. Since 1988, many of these deductions and exemptions are added together to derive the non-refundable credit, which is used to reduce federal income tax payable. They are called non-refundable because, if these credits exceed the federal income tax payable, the difference is not refundable.
The following credits and exemptions are added together to result in the non-refundable credit:
Derived from: Line 350 (1988 to present)
LAD: NNRCC I, F, P, K
(1982 to present)
Definition: Non-refundable tax credits are the sum of the following variables:
As described for the variable Non-refundable tax credit, calculated, a portion of these credits is used to reduce federal income tax payable. They are called non-refundable because, if these credits exceed the federal income tax payable, the difference is not refundable.
Prior to 1988, many of the credits listed above were deductions from total income, as exemptions. To create a relatively consistent variable over time, LAD processing created a TOTNO variable from 1982 to 1987, which included the items listed above whenever available on the tax form.
Derived from: Line 335 (1988 to present), LAD processing (1982 to 1987)
LAD: TOTNO I, F, P
(1986 to present)
Definition: The Non-Taxable income field refers to the income considered for the refundable tax credits, but not included in the calculation of Taxable income.
The income which is treated in this way includes:
These amounts are included in the calculation for means-tested tax credits such as the goods and services tax credit. Also, these amounts are included in a taxfiler's income to determine whether someone else can claim to be dependent of him/her. The Canada Revenue Agency did not separate these items on the T1 General tax form until 1992. Before 1992, they were reported as a sum on the T1 schedule (NTXI_), which was used to apply for the child tax credit and the federal sales tax credit.
For continuity, the Non-Taxable income field (NTXI_) still exists and is the sum of the above three transfer payments (WKCPY, NFSL_, SASPY) which are, since 1992, reported separately on the T1 form and are available on the LAD.
Derived from: Line 147 (1992 to present), Line 549 Schedule 7 (1988 to 1991), Line 549 Schedule 10 (1986 to 1987)
LAD: NTXI_ I, F, P, K
(2009 to present)
Definition: This variable represents the non-taxable calculated amount for the adjusted capital gains on certain capital property.
Derived from: Form T1170
LAD: GFTP_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: The Northern Ontario Energy Credit (NOEC) is designed to help low- to middle–income Northern Ontario residents with their energy costs. Northern Ontario means the districts of Algoma, Cochrane, Kenora, Manitoulin, Nipissing, Parry Sound, Rainy River, Sudbury (including the City of Greater Sudbury), Thunder Bay, or Timiskaming.
You may be eligible for the credit if:
The annual maximum credit for 2010 is $130 for a single person, 18 years of age and older, and $200 for couples and single parents. Starting in the summer of 2011, the credit amounts will be increased to reflect inflation.
Derived from: Line 6119 Form ONBEN
LAD: ONNOEC_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: This variable indicates that the filer applied for the Northern Ontario Energy Credit (NOEC) for the following tax year.
A value of zero (0) indicates the filer did not apply. A value of one (1) indicates the filer did apply. See also variable ONNOEC_.
Derived from: Line 6119 Form ONBEN
LAD: ONNOECIND_ I, F, P
(1987 to present)
Definition: There are two special deductions for residents of northern areas; these are:(A) employees only may claim deductions for certain travel benefits provided by an employer; and(B) all individuals, whether or not employees, resident in the specified areas may claim certain deductions in respect of their housing costs.
These special deductions are available only to individuals who resided in a "prescribed area" or a "prescribed zone" throughout a six-month period commencing or ending in the taxation year for which a return is being filed.
There are two sets of geographical areas which entitle residents to these special deductions. Residents of the "northern zone" are entitled to the full deduction described below. Residents of an "intermediate zone" are entitled to half the deduction otherwise calculated. The northern zone includes all of Labrador, Nunavut, the Yukon and Northwest Territories, and certain areas of each province except Nova Scotia, Newfoundland (except for Labrador), New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island. There are similarly intermediate zones in each province except the four Atlantic provinces (except Sable Island in Nova Scotia, which is an intermediate zone).
Derived from: Line 255
LAD: NRDN_ I, F, P
(2011 to present)
Definition: A tax filer may request the basic tax credit and a supplementary cost of living credit if he or she resided in the Northwest Territories at the end of the year and met certain conditions. If the credit amount exceeds tax payable, the filer will be entitled to a refund.
Derived from: Line 6251, provincial tax credit forms NT479
LAD: NTCL_ I, F, P
(2013)
Definition: A tax filer residing in the Northwest Territories within a Tåîchô community or on Tåîchô lands, must indicate in which of the following five communities they reside for tax administration agreement purposes. The codes below indicate in which Tlicho First Nations Community in the Northwest Territories the tax filer resided on December 31 of the tax year.
Valid Values Are:
0 = N/A
1 = Behchoko (Rae-Edzo)
2 = Whati (Lac La Martre)
3 = Gameti (Rae Lakes)
4 = Wekweeti (Snare Lake)
5 = Taicho Lands
Derived from: Personal Information Section of Canada Revenue Agency T1 tax form
LAD: FNNWTCCD I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: The Nova Scotia Affordable Living Tax Credit (NSALTC) is a non-taxable quarterly payment to make life more affordable for low- and modest-income individuals and families. To get this payment, you (or your spouse or common-law partner) should apply for the GST/HST credit on page 1 of your (or your spouse's or common-law partner's) tax return. This benefit will be combined with the federal GST/HST credit. The information you give on your return(s) will determine your NSALTC amount starting in July.
Derived from: CRA calculation (see also Pamphlet RC4210, GST/HST Credit)
LAD: NSALTC_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: Starting in July 2010 there is a credit to assist low-income residents of Nova Scotia in receipt of social assistance called the Poverty Reduction Credit. You can claim this tax reduction if you were a resident of Nova Scotia on December 31, and the following conditions applied to you:
The maximum credit is $200.00.
Derived from: T1FF processing
LAD: NSPRTC_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: You can claim this credit if you meet all of the following conditions:
If you qualify for this credit, enter $500 on line 84 of Form NS428.
Derived from Line 84/ 6228 Form NS428
LAD: NSPTXC_ I, F, P
(2011 to present)
Definition: A tax filer can claim this credit if he or she meets all of the following conditions:
If the tax filer qualifies for this credit, enter $500 on line 84 of Form NS428.
Derived from: Line 6228 Form NS428
LAD: NSFIREC_ I, F, P
(2012 to present)
Definition: This variable provides the number of children for whom the taxfiler claimed the family caregiver amount. The Family caregiver amount is an additional tax credit amount. If the taxfiler has a dependant with an impairment in physical or mental functions, they are eligible for an additional amount in the calculation of certain non-refundable tax credits. In 2012 the maximum amount was $2,000
Derived from: Line 352 Schedule 1
LAD: CHCARGIV_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable is a count of the number of individuals within a family (file type = F) or a couple (file type = P) that have a social insurance number (SIN). The SIN is the basis of selection of individuals into the LAD. The probability of a T1FF family (couple) being represented in the LAD is proportional to the number of individuals within the family (couple) that have a SIN. The greater the numbers of people within a family (couple) that have a SIN, the greater the probability this family (couple) will be selected. In addition to increasing the probability of being selected, families or couples with more than one SIN also have a probability of being selected more than once within the LAD.
The Number of members with a SIN variable can be used to equalize the probability of selecting families or couples into a sample. Please see LAD staff regarding the methods of equalizing the representation of families (couples) within a sample.
Derived from: T1FF processing and personal information section, T1 tax form (1982 to present)
LAD: NWSIN P F
(2008 to present)
Definition: A taxfiler may request the basic tax credit and a supplementary cost of living credit if he or she resided in Nunavut at the end of the year and met certain conditions. If the credit amount exceeds tax payable, the filer will be entitled to a refund.
Derived from: Line 6390, provincial tax credit forms NU479
LAD: NUCL_ I, F, P
(2008 to present)
Definition: A person can claim this credit if he or she was a resident of Nunavut at the end of the tax year, was a volunteer firefighter for a minimum of six months during the tax year, completed a minimum of 200 hours of community service (that included training), did not receive salary, wages or compensation, other than reasonable reimbursement or allowance for expenses, and was listed as a volunteer firefighter on the report filed by the fire chief of the volunteer fire department.
Derived from: Line 6229, provincial tax credit forms NU479
LAD: NUFIR I, F, P
(2011 to present)
Definition: The tax credit amount as calculated by the CRA system (see also NUFIR). A person can claim this credit if he or she was a resident of Nunavut at the end of the tax year, was a volunteer firefighter for a minimum of six months during the tax year, completed a minimum of 200 hours of community service (that included training), did not receive salary, wages or compensation, other than reasonable reimbursement or allowance for expenses, and was listed as a volunteer firefighter on the report filed by the fire chief of the volunteer fire department.
Derived from: Line 6229 of form NU428
LAD: NUFIREC_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Old Age Security (OAS) pension is a part of the Old Age Security program, a federal government program that guarantees a degree of financial security to Canadian seniors. This variable does not include the benefits from either the Guaranteed Income Supplement (GIS) or the Spousal Allowance (SPA).
On rare occasions, non-senior families might receive OAS income. This can occur when an older spouse dies and their income is included with the younger spouse's family income for that tax year.
Derived from: Line 113 (1984 to present), Line 09 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: OASP_ I, F, P
(1989 to present)
Definition: Old Age Security (OAS) pension repayment is a claw-back used to recover OAS pension income and net federal supplements (NFSL_) when the taxfiler's net income before adjustments (Line 234) is greater than the allowed limit. (NFSL_ repayment has been included in OAS pension repayment calculated from 1992 to present.)
If a taxfiler has a net income above a certain limit ($50,000 in 1989, $50,850 in 1990, $51,765 in 1991, $53,215 from 1992 to 1999, $53,960 in 2000, $55,309 in 2001, $56,968 in 2002, $57,879 in 2003, $59,790 in 2004, $60,806 in 2005, $62,144 for 2006, 63,511 in 2007, $57,375 in 2012), then the taxfiler is required to repay the government all or part of the benefits received.
Derived from: part of Line 235 (1989 to present)
Line 235 is the Social benefits repayment field and consists of the benefits to be repaid on:
LAD: OASPR I, F, P
(2004 to present)
Definition: The Old Age Security Guaranteed Income Supplement (OAS/GIS) recipient indicator is a variable that shows whether the taxfiler is a recipient of OAS, GIS or both. The variable has the following values:
Derived from: Revenue Canada file
LAD: OASFL_I
(2010 to present)
Definition: This variable shows the total amount paid for the accommodation of the filer in a public long term care home in Ontario for one year. This information is used to calculate he Ontario Energy and Property Tax Credit (OEPTC).
If you were married or living in a common-law relationship on December 31, only one of you can ask for this payment for both of you.
Derived from: Line 6123 Form ONBEN
LAD: ONEPTCLTCF_ I, F, P
(2008 to present)
Definition: If the taxfiler hired an eligible apprentice in a qualifying skilled trade to work at his/her permanent establishment located in Ontario, he/ she may be able to claim a tax credit from 25% to 30% of eligible expenditures (as defined below).
Eligible expenditures are salaries and wages you paid to an apprentice who is in the first 36 months of an apprenticeship training program in a qualifying skilled trade.
Derived from: Line 6322, provincial tax credit forms ON479
LAD: ONATC I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: You can claim the Children's Activity Tax Credit (CATC) if you were a resident of Ontario and you paid fees that relate to the cost of registering your, or your spouse's or common-law partner's, child in a qualifying children's activity program. A child is eligible if less than 17 years old or, if eligible for the disability amount, less than 18 years old. For each eligible child, you can claim the lesser of $500 and the amount of eligible expenses paid for qualifying programs for that child.
Children with disabilities – If the child qualifies for the disability amount and is under 18 years of age at the beginning of the year, and at least $100 was paid for registration or membership fees for qualifying programs for that child, you can claim an additional $500 for that child.
You can claim this credit provided another person has not already claimed the same fees. In addition, the total fees claimed by you and another person for a child cannot be more than the maximum amount that would be allowed if only one of you were claiming the credit for that child.
Note
An expense that is eligible for the CATC may also be eligible for the child care expenses deduction (line 214 of your return). If so, you must first claim this amount as child care expenses. Any unused part can be claimed for the CATC as long as the requirements are met. Any amount that is eligible as a charitable donation or gift (lines 345 and 347 of federal Schedule 9) or that is eligible as a Political Contribution Tax Credit (line 48 of federal Schedule 1 for the federal credit and/or line 32 of Form ON479) cannot be claimed as CATC.
Qualifying program
To qualify for this credit, a program must be either a prescribed program for the purposes of the federal Children's Fitness Tax Credit (line 365 of Schedule 1) or
Derived from: Line 6309 Form ON 479
LAD: ONCLDATCC_ I, F, P
(2008 to present)
Definition: If the tax filer hired co-op students enrolled in an Ontario university or college, he/she may be able to claim a tax credit from 10% to 15% of eligible expenditures (as defined below).
Eligible expenditures are salaries, wages, and other remuneration you paid to a student in a qualifying work placement, or payments made to an eligible educational institution or a placement agency for a qualifying work placement. The student must work at a permanent establishment of the employer in Ontario.
Derived from: Line 6320, provincial tax credit forms ON479
LAD: ONCOP I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: The Ontario Energy and Property Tax Credit (OEPTC) is designed to help low- to middle-income Ontario residents with their energy costs and property taxes. The energy component is the lesser of $200 and the sum of your occupancy cost, excluding $25 for living in a student residence, plus home energy costs paid for your principal residence on a reserve, and 20% of the amount paid for accommodation in a public long term care home.
To determine the amount of your OEPTC, you must calculate your adjusted family net income using Form ON-BEN.
If you lived with a spouse or common-law partner on December 31, only one of you can claim the OEPTC for that year. If only one spouse or common-law partner is 65 years of age or older on December 31, that spouse or common-law partner has to claim this credit for both of you.
The OEPTC has two components: an energy component and a property tax component. You should apply for the OEPTC if you are eligible for either component.
Energy Component
You may be eligible for the energy component if, on December 31:
Derived from: Line 6111 Form ON479
LAD: ONEPTCC_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: This variable indicates that the filer applied for the Ontario Energy and Property Tax Credit for the following tax year.
A value of zero (0) indicates the filer did not apply. A value of one (1) indicates the filer did apply.
If a filer paid rent or property tax in Ontario, or if they lived in a student residence, in a public long term care home, or on a reserve in Ontario, the filer may also qualify for the OEPTC for the next tax year.
Derived from: Line 6118 Form ONBEN
LAD: ONEQBIND_ I
(2012 to present)
Definition: This variable indicates the derived amount that a senior taxfiler in Ontario receives if they are eligible for the Ontario Guaranteed Annual Income System Benefits.
The Ontario Guaranteed Annual Income System Benefits (GAINS) provides a guaranteed monthly income amount for eligible Ontario seniors up to a maximum of $83 per month. The monthly GAINS payments are on top of federal Old Age Security (OAS) and Guaranteed Income Supplement (GIS) payments.
Derived from: T1FF processing
LAD: ONGAINS_ I, F, P
(2012 to present)
Definition: A tax credit of 15% of eligible expenses for renovations performed to the principal residence or property of a senior citizen residing in Ontario in the specific tax year. A tax filer may be eligible for this credit if:
The improvements must be of an enduring nature and be integral to the home or land.
If the tax filer shared a principal residence with one or more family members, one of them may claim the entire amount of eligible expenses, or all members may each claim a portion of the expenses. The tax filer can claim the lesser of $10,000 and the amount of eligible expenses that they, or someone on their behalf, paid or incurred related to the principal residence.
Derived from: Line 4 (Ontario Credits), Form ON479
LAD: ONHHRTC_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: This variable measures the total amount paid for home energy costs for a principal residence on a reserve in Ontario for a year. This information is used to calculate the Ontario Energy and Property Tax Credit (OEPTC).
If you were married or living in a common-law relationship on December 31, only one of you can ask for this payment for both of you.
Derived from: Line 6121 Form ONBEN
LAD: ONEPTCRSV_ I, F, P
(2010 to 2012)
Definition: The Ontario Sales Tax Transition Benefit (OSTTB) was designed to help eligible Ontario individuals, 18 years of age and older, and families adjust to the new sales tax system. This benefit consists of three payments. The first two payments were paid in June and December 2010. The final payment was made in June 2011. The maximum amount for the final payment was $100 for single individuals and $335 for single parents and couples. Each maximum payment is reduced by 5% of the adjusted family net income that is more than $80,000 for single individuals and $160,000 for single parents and couples.
Derived from: CRA calculation (see also Pamphlet RC4210, GST/HST Credit)
LAD: ONOSTTB_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: The Ontario Sales Tax Credit (OSTC) is designed to help low- to middle-income individuals, 19 years of age and older, and families, including single parents, with the sales tax they pay. The OSTC is paid on a quarterly basis. To get this credit, you (or your spouse or common-law partner) should apply for the GST/HST credit on page 1 of your (or your spouse's or common-law partner's) tax return(s).
The information you provide on your return(s) will determine how much OSTC you will get starting in August. Report to the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) any changes to your status (e.g., birth, marriage, separation, etc.) that happen after filing your return.
Derived from: CRA calculation (see also Pamphlet RC4210, GST/HST Credit)
LAD: ONSTC_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Use this line to claim allowable amounts not deducted anywhere else on this return. For clarification of your request, specify the deduction you are claiming in the space to the left of line 232.
Note: A child who was born in 1993 or later can claim a deduction for certain income he or she reports.
Derived from: Line 232 Form T1
LAD: ODN__ I, F, P
(1988 to present)
Definition: Additional deductions from net income used to arrive at taxable income. The taxfiler must specify in the space to the left of line 256 the deduction being claimed. Example of the types of deductions include deductions for income exempt under a tax treaty, or a deduction of income and pension for those who have taken a vow of perpetual poverty, deductions for adult basic education tuition assistance, or deductions for employees of prescribed international organizations.
Derived from: Lines 256
LAD: ODNNI I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Other employment income is comprised of any taxable receipts from employment other than wages, salaries and commissions. For example, it includes tips, gratuities, or director's fees that are not reported on a T4 slip, and some other components that have changed through time.
Derived from: Line 104 (1984 to present), Line 03 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: OEI__ I, F, P, K
(1982 to present)
Definition: Other income variable is used by the Canada Revenue Agency to capture income that is taxable but is not listed elsewhere in the tax return. In addition, amounts reported as spousal income are placed into other income for non-filing spouses during T1FF processing.
Other income for the Canada Revenue Agency includes the following items:
The years listed indicate periods for which the specific item was listed as a component of other income in the tax guide. The tax guide list, however, is not exhaustive.
Other income for non-filing spouses:
NOTE: The Canada Revenue Agency definition of "other income includes retiring allowances, scholarships, amounts received through a supplementary unemployment benefit plan (Guaranteed Annual Income Plan), payments from income-averaging annuity contracts, as well as all other Taxable income not included elsewhere.
Derived from: Line 130 (1984 to present), Line 18 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: OI___ I, F, P, K
(2006 to present)
Definition: These are the taxable amount of dividends (other than eligible dividends). If you did not receive an information slip, you must calculate the taxable amount of other than eligible dividends by multiplying the actual amount of dividends (other than eligible) you received by 125%.
Derived from: Line 180 T1
LAD: DIVTO I, F, P
(1991 to present)
Definition: The variable represents the taxfiler's pension adjustments. The pension adjustment (TPAJA) is the sum of credits for the year, if any, from deferred profit sharing plans and/or benefit provisions of registered pension plans sponsored by the taxfiler's employer.
The TPAJA is used in calculating the taxfiler's RRSP contribution limit for the following year. The contribution limit is based on a certain percentage of the previous year's earned income up to an annual maximum less a pension adjustment. The maximum amount of RRSP deduction for each year since 1982 is as follows:
Year | $ Limit without RPP | $Limit With RPP |
---|---|---|
1982 to 1985 | 5,500 | 3,500 |
1986 to 1990 | 7,500 | 3,500 |
1991 | 11,500 | 11,500 |
1992 to 1993 | 12,500 | 12,500 |
1994 | 13,500 | 13,500 |
1995 | 14,500 | 14,500 |
1996 to 2002 | 13,500 | 13,500 |
2003 | 14,500 | 14,500 |
2004 | 15,500 | 15,500 |
2005 | 16,500 | 16,500 |
2006 | 18,000 | 18,000 |
2007 | 19,000 | 19,000 |
2008 | 20,000 | 20,000 |
2009 | 21,000 | 21,000 |
2010 | 22,000 | 22,000 |
2011 | 22,450 | 22,450 |
2012 | 22,970 | 22,970 |
2013 | 23,820 | 23,820 |
Therefore, Pension adjustment reduces the amount that can otherwise be contributed to registered retirement savings plans (RRSPs).
Derived from: Line 206 (1991 to present)
LAD: TPAJA I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Pension and superannuation income refers to pension income excluding Old Age Security pension and the Canada or Quebec Pension Plan benefits. War veterans' allowances, veterans' disability and dependents' pension payments are non-taxable and they are not part of pensions and superannuation. Foreign pensions must be reported and converted into Canadian funds. In 1986 and 1987, annuity payments from an RRSP were included in pension and superannuation income.
Derived from: Line 115 (1984 to present), Line 11 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: SOP4A I, F, P
(1984 to present)
Definition: Pension income deduction is a calculated non-refundable credit that the taxfiler may be able to claim for certain types of pension income. A taxfiler is allowed a tax credit of up to $1000 of pension income. To compute the credit, a taxfiler must first determine the amount of his or her eligible pension income. The lesser of this amount and $1000 is then entered on the tax return creditable amounts. The amounts eligible for the pension income deduction differ depending on the age of the taxfiler at the end of the tax year. Between 1982 and 1988, this field represented a deduction from income. In the 1988 tax reform, this deduction was converted to a non-refundable tax credit.
Derived from: Line 314 (1988 to present), Line 240 (1984 to 1987)
LAD: PENDC I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Gross federal political contributions refer to the total amount of a taxfiler's political contributions made to a registered federal political party, or to an officially nominated candidate for election to the House of Commons (whether or not they belong to a registered political party). A portion of this contribution is deductible from total Taxable income.
Derived from: Line 409 (1984 to present), Line 64 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: FPLCG I, F, P
(1982 to 1997)
Definition: The Provincial political contributions field contains the amount of the taxfiler's contributions to a recognized provincial/territorial political party, a constituency association, or a candidate. Only Newfoundland and Saskatchewan do not offer this credit for political contributions in their provinces. This field was discontinued in 1997.
Derived from: Provincial tax credit forms
LAD: PPLC_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: The federal political contribution credit is a credit available for political contributions made to a registered federal political party or for a candidate for election to the House of Commons (whether or not they belong to a registered political party), provided that they are officially nominated.
Derived from: Line 410 Schedule 1 (1984 to present),
Line 64 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: FPLTC I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: The provincial political contribution tax credit may be claimed if the taxfiler made a contribution to a provincial political organization during the tax year. All provinces except Saskatchewan offer political contribution tax credits. This credit is non-refundable and is deducted from a taxfiler's income taxes payable. The amounts and the types of contributions that are allowed to be claimed vary by province (these amounts stayed the same from 1988 to 1996):
Derived from: Provincial tax credit forms T1C (1999 to present).
LAD: PPLCC I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: The postal code is a six-character, alphanumeric code that locates the point of delivery of mail addressed to post office customers in Canada. The code itself is divided into the forward sorting area (FSA, first three characters) and the local delivery unit (LDU, last three characters). In most applications, the postal code from the family aggregate level should be used instead of the individual aggregate level.
The family postal code is a more reliable variable as there is a higher probability of having information in this field because the postal code can be selected from those within the family unit. Also, there is an increased likelihood that a residential and not a business address will be selected for the family postal code. When analyzing migration patterns, the individual postal code is recommended. Note that there is a Nunavut family postal code flag for Nunavut (NUNAV).
Derived from: Personal Identification Section, T1 tax form (1982 to present)
LAD: PSCO_ I, F character
(1982 to present)
Definition: The delivery mode is a classification of different types of mail delivery in Canada. This variable can be used to identify residential, non-residential, urban, urban fringe, and rural addresses. The delivery modes, as of 2007, are:
A = letter carrier delivery to domestic address
B = letter carrier delivery to apartment building
E = letter carrier delivery to commercial office
G = specific large volume receiver with pick up arrangements
H = rural route delivery
J = general delivery
K = post office box delivery with the postal code identifying a group of boxes
M = post office box delivery with the postal code identifying one box (i.e. large volume receiver)
N = unknown
R = miscellaneous
T = suburban service delivery
W = rural postal code
X = mobile route delivery
Z = retired, for which delmode, while active, is unknown
Delivery modes "W" and "N" are assigned by the Income Statistics Division; the others come directly from Canada Post. This division assigns a "W" for rural postal codes whenever the second position of the postal code is a zero.
An "N" is assigned for an unknown delivery mode for very old postal codes. This division does not accept Canada Post's "Z" delivery mode unless unavoidable, and instead retains the delivery mode type when the postal code was in use.
Postal codes are combined by delivery to represent FSA publication delivery modes (PBDLMD).
Code | Delivery Mode |
---|---|
W | rural postal code |
H | rural route |
E,K,M,N,J,G,X,Z | non-residential within city |
A,B | residential |
T | suburban service |
Derived from: ISD Geography Conversion file using Postal Code Delivery Mode file from Canada Post
LAD: DLMD_ I, F
(2012 to present)
Definition: If a taxfiler was a resident of Quebec on December 31, and if they contributed to a provincial parental insurance plan (PPIP) in the year, they should include the total of the amounts shown in box 55 (employee's PPIP premiums) of all their T4 slips on this line. Do not enter more than $839.97.
Derived from: Line 312 T1
LAD: XT4EIC I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: This character variable identifies for each year the status of the individual in the LAD database.
'1': the individual has filed in that year
'2': information for the individual has been imputed for that year
' ': (blank): the individual is not present in that year.
Derived from: LAD processing
REG: FLAG_I1982-FLAGI_2007 I character
(2012 to present)
Definition: The amount of volunteer firefighter tax credit for Prince Edward Island, as calculated by the system, up to a maximum of $500.
Derived from: Line 83, Form PE428
LAD: PEIFIRE_ I, F, P
(2000 to present)
Definition: This counts the number of sub-sectors of paid employment activity for the individual according to the 3-digit North-American Industry Classification System (NAICS) of the employers. The data is derived from a linkage between the T4 slips issued for the individual and Statistics Canada's Business Register. For a business with operations in several industrial sub-sectors, the principal sub-sector is chosen (this may not be the sector of activity of the individual). The employment earnings associated with each T4 slip are aggregated by 3-digit NAICS and the two top sub-sectors of paid-employment are stored in Main principal industry sub-sector of employers (NAIC1) and Secondary principal industry sub-sector of employers (NAIC2). The T4 slips issued to individual, number of (T4CNT) variable is also available. People not associated with a T4 slip should have 0 and those associated with the missing NAICS information for the business would have a count of 1.
Derived from: T4 slips and Business Register
LAD: NAICC I
(1982 to present)
Definition: Gross professional income is the total income from the practice of an unincorporated profession (e.g. dentists, accountants, doctors, etc.) before costs and expenses are deducted. If the enterprise is a partnership, each partner reports the income of the entire operation.
Until 1994, reporting of self-employment income was on a fiscal year basis and the fiscal year end was the end of the taxation year for reporting this income. Beginning in 1995, most individuals are required to report self-employment income on a calendar year basis. However, eligible individuals may be able to use an alternative method of reporting whereby the fiscal period does not end on December 31. Due to this rule change, individuals reporting self-employment income in 1995 may have reported more than one fiscal year's income (i.e. more than 12 months).
Note: When this variable is reported for more than one person in a family, the family and parents aggregate levels contain only the amount from one of these persons, the highest value. It has been assumed that when more than one person in the family reports this self-employment income, these family persons are all working for the same business.
Derived from: Line 164 (1984 to present), Line 85 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: PFGRS I, F, P (formerly SGPRO from 1982-1995, retroactively changed to PFGRS in 1996)
(1982 to present)
Definition: Net professional income is the taxfiler's share of income (gain or loss) from the practice of a profession after costs and expenses are deducted. The business must be unincorporated. Amounts reported by taxfilers might be positive, negative or zero.
Until 1994, reporting of self-employment income was on a fiscal year basis and the fiscal year end was the end of the taxation year for reporting this income. Beginning in 1995, most individuals are required to report self-employment income on a calendar year basis. However, eligible individuals may be able to use an alternative method of reporting whereby the fiscal period does not end on December 31. Due to this rule change, individuals reporting self-employment income in 1995 may have reported more than one fiscal year's income (i.e. more than 12 months).
Derived from: Line 137 (1984 to present), Line 20 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: PFNET I, F, P (formerly SNPRO from 1982 to 1995, retroactively change to PFNET in 1996)
(1982 to present)
Definition: The variable PR uniquely identifies provinces and territories using the Standard Geographical Classification (SGC) and the Postal CodeOM Conversion File (PCCF). The SGC is Statistics Canada's main classification of geographic areas in Canada. It is designed to classify statistical information by geographic areas. The classification consists of four levels: geographical regions of Canada, provinces and territories, census divisions (such as counties and regional municipalities) and census subdivisions (such as municipalities). The four geographic levels are hierarchically related.
10 Newfoundland and Labrador
11 Prince Edward Island
12 Nova Scotia
13 New Brunswick
24 Quebec
35 Ontario
46 Manitoba
47 Saskatchewan
48 Alberta
59 British Columbia
60 Yukon
61 Northwest Territories
62 Nunavut
Derived from: LAD processing
LAD: PR___ I, F
(1990 to present)
Definition: Ontario student residence occupancy cost or Manitoba School tax credit for homeowners.
(Ontario)
Ontario student residence cost refers to the amount eligible to be claimed in determining the Ontario property tax credit.
(Manitoba)
The filer is required to claim any resident homeowner tax assistance (RTHA) that they received on their property tax statement or by application. If the filer owned the principal residence for a part of the given tax year, he/she may prorate any RTHA they received to cover the period of ownership. If the filer received RTHA for more than one residence, they are required to total the prorated amounts of all RTHA they received.
Derived from: Manitoba – Line 6124 (form MB479 Manitoba Credits)
Ontario – Line 6114 (form ON479 Ontario Credits)
Line 558 of T1C (Man.) (Resident home owner tax assistance)
Line 558 of T1C (Ont.) (College residence)
LAD: PSROC I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable indicates the province, territory or CIDA assignment (External Aid) in which the taxfiler is reputed resident on December 31st of the tax year. When this residency information is missing, the postal code is used to construct the province of residence. At times, the postal code may also be missing. When this occurs, the family postal code is used to derive this field. For imputed spouses, the PRCO of the tax-filing spouse is assigned to the imputed spouse.
The following list indicates the possible codes and the provinces and territories they represent:
0 – Newfoundland and Labrador
1 – Prince Edward Island
2 – Nova Scotia
3 – New Brunswick
4 – Quebec
5 – Ontario
6 – Manitoba
7 – Saskatchewan
8 – Alberta
9 – British Columbia
10 – Northwest Territories
11 – Yukon Territories
12 – Non-Resident
14 – Nunavut (from 1998 to present)
15 – CIDA (External Aid)
Derived from: Personal Identification, Section 1, T1 tax form (1982 to present)
LAD: PRCO_ I, K
(2008 to present)
Definition: The province or territory where you currently reside if it is not the same as that shown for your mailing address.
The following list indicates the possible codes and the provinces and territories they represent:0 – Newfoundland and Labrador
1 – Prince Edward Island
2 – Nova Scotia
3 – New Brunswick
4 – Quebec
5 – Ontario
6 – Manitoba
7 – Saskatchewan
8 – Alberta
9 – British Columbia
10 – Northwest Territories
11 – Yukon Territories
12 – Non-Resident
14 – Nunavut (from 1998 to present)
15 – CIDA (External Aid)
Derived from: Personal Identification, Section 1, T1 tax form (1982 to present)
LAD: PRHO_ I, K
(2012 to present)
Definition: The amount of the Saskatchewan provincial home buyers tax credit, as claimed by the taxfiler. The taxfiler can claim an amount of $10,000 for the purchase of a qualifying home made after December 31, 2011 (date of sale identified in the purchase agreement of the home). A qualifying home must be registered in your and/or your spouse's or common-law partner's name with the Land Titles Registry and must be located in Saskatchewan.
A taxfiler can claim this amount if the rules are met for claiming the amount on line 369 of federal Schedule 1. The claim can be split between the taxfiler and their spouse or common-law partner, but the combined total cannot exceed $10,000. When more than one individual is entitled to the amount (for example, when two people jointly buy a home), the total of all amounts claimed cannot exceed $10,000.
Derived from: Line 5837 Form SK428
LAD: NRPROVHB_ I, F, P
(2006 to present)
Definition: If the tax filer was a resident on December 31, he or she has to pay PPIP premiums. This plan is set up to pay benefits to all eligible workers – salaries and/or self-employed - taking maternity leave, paternity leave, parental leave or adoption leave. It replaces the maternity, parental or adoption benefits previously provided to Quebec parents under the federal employment insurance plan.
Derived from: Line 375 Schedule 1
LAD: PPIP_ I, F, P
(2006 to present)
Definition: If the tax filer was a resident on December 31, he or she has to pay PPIP premiums (amount from line 16 of Schedule 10) if any of the following conditions apply:
Derived from: Line 376 Schedule 1
LAD: PPIPE I, F, P
(2006 to present)
Definition: If the tax filer was a resident on December 31, he or she has to pay PPIP premiums on self-employment income (see line 16 of Schedule 10).
Derived from: Line 378 Schedule 1
LAD: PPIPS I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Provincial refundable tax credits are used to reduce the amount of income tax that a taxfiler owes. If the amount of refundable tax credit is greater than the total income tax owed, the taxfiler will receive the difference in the form of a tax refund.
Note: Quebec tax credits are not available from the T1 and are estimated by the Income Statistics Division (ISD).
Derived from: Line 479 (1991 to present), Line 448 (1984 to 1987), Line 464 (1988 to 1989), Line 74 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: PTXC_ I, F, P
(1999 to present)
Definition: Provincial supplemental credit for couples in which at least one spouse is 65 years old or over.
Newfoundland Seniors' Benefit is a tax-free annual payment of $200 introduced in 1999 as a supplement to the HST credit for couples of 65 years old and greater with family Net Income less than $20,000. If both spouses are 65 years old or greater, the maximum credit is $400. If only one spouse is 65 years old or greater, then the maximum credit is $200.
Families with net Income of $12,000 or less will receive the full credit. Families with net income between $12,000 and $20,000 will have their credit reduced by 5% of net family income in excess of $12,000.
Derived from: Newfoundland Supplemental Credit: Application on Newfoundland tax form (1999 to Present)
LAD: SEBEN I, F, P
(2006 to present)
Definition: A tax filer can claim the cost of monthly public transit passes or passes of longer duration, such as an annual pass. Public transit includes transit by local bus, streetcar, subway, commuter train or bus, and local ferry. Only the tax filer or his or her spouse or common-law partner may claim the cost of transit passes (to the extent that these amounts have not already been claimed) for:
Derived from: Line 364 Schedule 1
LAD: PTPA_ I, F, P
(2002 to present)
Definition: This variable indicates whether a filer contributed to QPP or not. The value 0 indicates that a filer did not contribute. A value of 1 indicates that a filer did contribute to the QPP.
Derived from: LAD processing
LAD: QPPCD I, F, P
(2002 to present)
Definition: The total amount of an employee's contributions to the Quebec Pension plan, as shown in Box (D) of the T4 slip - Line 5033. This represents the amount of QPP contribution based solely on T4 slips for residents of Quebec. (see CQPPD and CQPT4)
Derived from: Line 308 Schedule 1
LAD: QPPT4 I, F, P
(2000 to present)
Definition: This variable represents the QPP total contributions payable on self-employment earnings for residents of Quebec. This amount is based on calculations by CRA
(see also variables CLCPP and CPPSE).
Derived from: Line 9 Schedule 8
LAD: CLQPP I, F, P
(1983 to present)
Definition: The Quebec abatement reduces the federal income tax payable by Quebec residents. Residents and persons operating a business in Quebec are allowed an abatement of 16.5% from the federal tax and must file a separate Quebec income tax return.
If the Quebec abatement that an individual is entitled to deduct results in a negative amount of federal tax payable, the individual will be refunded this amount.
While the Quebec abatement has been available prior to 1984, it is not available on the LAD.
Derived from: Line 440 (1984 to present)
LAD: ABQUE I, F, P
(1992 to present)
Definition: If a taxfiler is eligible for an investment tax credit (line 412 of Schedule 1) based on expenditures made in 2012, they may be able to claim a refund of their unused investment tax credit. This refund will reduce the amount of credit available to them for other years. They can calculate the refundable part of their investment tax credit on Form T2038(IND), Investment Tax Credit (Individuals).
Derived from: Line 454 T1
LAD: TDNBI I, F, P
(1999 to present)
Definition: A taxfiler may be able to claim a credit of up to $1,119 if all the following apply:
A taxfiler cannot claim this credit if the total of their net income (line 236) and their spouse's or common-law partner's net income (line 236 of his or her return, or the amount that it would be if he or she filed a return), minus any amount reported by them or their spouse or common-law partner on lines 117 and 125, is $47,163 or more. In addition, if they or their spouse or common-law partner deducted an amount on line 213, and/or the amount for a repayment of registered disability savings plan income included on line 232, CRA adds these amounts to their or their spouse's or common-law partner's net income when CRA calculates this credit.
A taxfiler can claim this credit for the same medical expenses that they claimed on line 215 of their return and line 332 of Schedule 1.
Derived from: Line 452 T1
LAD: MDREF I, F, P
(2008 to present)
Definition: This plan is intended for persons with a long-term disability who hold a valid disability certificate. Such disabled persons are eligible for the Registered Disability Savings Plan (RDSP) for 2008 and subsequent years. Maximum lifetime contributions are set at $200,000.
Derived from: Line 125 of T1 Tax form
LAD: RDSP_ I, F, P, K
(1986 to present)
Definition: A registered pension plan (RPP) contribution may be deducted from the taxfiler's total income. An RPP is an employee's pension plan, approved by the Canada Revenue Agency, under which funds are set aside by an employer and employee to provide periodic payments to employees upon their retirement. Only the amount the taxfiler contributes to a RPP may be deducted from income.
Beginning in 1996, an individual must start to receive a pension from his or her RPP by the end of year that he or she turns 69 years of age. However, if the individual was 69 or 70 at the end of 1996, he or she may wait until the end of 1997. If, before March 6, 1996, the individual's RPP had specified a specific starting date for the pension benefits, that date will remain in effect.
Derived from: Line 207 (1986 to present)
LAD: T4RP_ I, F, P
(2003 to present)
Definition: The amount of regular employment insurance benefits payable to the client, excluding special benefits, work sharing benefits, and employment benefits as reported by HRSDC.
Derived from: HRSDC and T1FF processing
LAD: EIREG I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Gross rental income is the taxfiler's income from rental activities, before costs and expenses are deducted. If the property is owned by more than one person, then each partner enters the entire gross rental income on his or her return. Prior to 1988, limited partnership income (LTPI) may have been included in this variable.
Derived from: Line 160 (1984 to present), Line 83 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: RGRS_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Net rental income is the taxfiler's net income from rental activities (gain or loss) after costs and expenses are deducted. Amounts reported by taxfilers might be positive, negative or zero. Prior to 1988, limited partnership income (LTPI) may have been included in this variable.
Derived from: Line 126 (1984 to present), Line 16 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: RNET_ I, F, P
(1992 to present)
Definition: The Canada Revenue Agency calculates earned income which is used in calculating the taxfiler's RRSP contribution limit. The current year's deduction limit is based on the previous year's earned income. For example, taxfilers' RRSP deduction limits on their 1991 personal income tax returns are based on their earned income figures from their 1990 personal income tax returns.
Earned income for RRSP consists of the incomes/losses reported by tax filers from the following sources:
Derived from: Notice of assessment or Notice of Reassessment, one of the amounts used to determine the RRSP contribution limit
LAD: RRSPE I, F, P
(1995 to present)
Definition: If the taxfiler has received during the year an amount from one of these sources of income: other pensions and superannuation (line 115), registered retirement savings plan income (line 129) or 'other income' (line 130) has been reported on the tax return. The taxfiler could have contributed any of these amounts to his or her RRSP plan before March 1st of the following year; this contribution can be deducted from income and called a 'transfer'.
This is a component of RRSP contributions.
Derived from: on schedule 7 Line 9 (2000), Line 11 (2001 to 2007)
LAD: RSPPI I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: RRSP contributions represent the amount contributed to a Registered Retirement Savings Plan (RRSP). The contribution limit is based on a certain percentage of the previous year's earned income up to an annual maximum less a pension adjustment. The maximum amount of RRSP deduction for each year since 1982 is as follows:
Year | $ Limit without RPP | $Limit With RPP |
---|---|---|
1982 to 1985 | 5,500 | 3,500 |
1986 to 1990 | 7,500 | 3,500 |
1991 | 11,500 | 11,500 |
1992 to 1993 | 12,500 | 12,500 |
1994 | 13,500 | 13,500 |
1995 | 14,500 | 14,500 |
1996 to 2002 | 13,500 | 13,500 |
2003 | 14,500 | 14,500 |
2004 | 15,500 | 15,500 |
2005 | 16,500 | 16,500 |
2006 | 18,000 | 18,000 |
2007 | 19,000 | 19,000 |
2008 | 20,000 | 20,000 |
2009 | 21,000 | 21,000 |
2010 | 22,000 | 22,000 |
2011 | 22,450 | 22,450 |
2012 | 22,970 | 22,970 |
2013 | 23,820 | 23,820 |
The amount outlined in this field may be the taxfiler's contributions to his or her RRSP, his or her spouse's RRSP or both. The amount the taxfiler contributed to his or her spouse's RRSP from 1987 to 1992 is outlined in the RRSP spousal contributions (RRSPS) variable.
Beginning in 1996, an individual may not contribute to an RRSP after the end of the year that he or she turns 69 years of age. However, if the individual was 69 or 70 at the end of 1996, he or she may still contribute until the end of 1997.Note that RRSP Income could offset the amount and it doesn't include any repayment made under the Home Buyers' Plan (HBP) or the Lifelong Learning Plan (LLP).
Derived from: Line 208 (1984 to present), Line 33 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: RRSPC I, F, P
(1991 to present)
Definition: The deduction limit for the current year is reported on the 'Notice of Assessment' or 'Notice of Reassessment' of the previous tax year. Any part of the RRSP deduction limit accumulated after 1990 that is not used in a given year can be carried forward indefinitely. This year's RRSP contribution should not be greater than the RRSP deduction limit, current year unless the person has an amount listed in Transfers to a RRSP.
Derived from: on Schedule 7 Line 8 (2000), line 10 (2001 to present)
LAD: RRSPD I, F, P
(1993 to present)
Definition: The deduction limit for next year is reported on the 'Notice of Assessment' or 'Notice of Reassessment' issued for this year's tax return. Any part of the RRSP deduction limit accumulated after 1990 that is not used can be carried forward indefinitely. Please consult the definition of RRSP contribution for an explanation of the limits.
Derived from: bottom of page 2 of the Notice of Assessment or Notice of Reassessment
LAD: RRSPL I, F, P
(1988 to present)
Definition: Registered retirement savings plan (RRSP) income represents RRSP withdrawals during the tax year. All amounts withdrawn from an RRSP must be included in the taxfiler's income. An annuity, which has passed to a taxfiler after his or her spouse's death, must be included in income. Annually, the first $1,000 of annuity payments received from an RRSP may be eligible for the pension income tax credit (Line 314). In 1986 and 1987, annuity payments from an RRSP were included in pension and superannuation income. Beginning in 1995, line 129 includes repayments that have not been made to an RRSP under the Home Buyers' Plan (HBP).
The following provides some additional information on the HBP and repayments to this plan. The Home Buyers' Plan enables an individual to withdraw up to $20,000 from his or her RRSP to buy or build a qualifying home. Under the HBP, the individual is required to repay the withdrawal to his or her RRSP within a period of no more than 15 years. The minimum required repayment on an annual basis is 1/15th of the amount withdrawn from the RRSP. If in any year the individual does not repay the amount required for that year, then the amount is included as RRSP income, line 129.
Derived from: Line 129 (1988 to present)
LAD: T4RSP I, F, P
(1988 to present)
Definition: Same definition as RRSP income (T4RSP) except that the variable is calculated for persons with AGE ≥65 only. From 1988 to present this variable was included in XTRIC for persons age 65 and over. Prior to 1988, it was included in Pension and superannuation income or Other Income (see RRSP Income).
Derived from: T1FF processing, Line 129 (1988 to present)
LAD: RRSPO I, F, P
(1987 to 1997)
Definition: If the taxfiler is married (or living common-law beginning with the 1992 tax year) and has RRSP room, he or she is permitted to contribute to his or her spouse's RRSP up to a maximum of the taxfiler's unused room. The amount contributed to the spouse's RRSP is added, when applicable, to the amount the taxfiler contributes to his or her RRSP and is recorded on line 208. Information for this variable is only available from 1987 to 1992. Prior to 1987 and subsequent to 1992, taxfilers were still permitted to contribute to their spouse's RRSP, but the amount contributed cannot be established from the information forwarded to Statistics Canada. The reduction of information for this variable coincided with the advent of electronic filing of tax forms. The amount an individual contributes to a spousal RRSP is included in the RRSP contributions (RRSPC) variable.
Derived from: Line 208 (1987 to 1992)
LAD: RRSPS I, F, P
(2012 to present)
Definition: The amount of tuition rebate non refundable tax credit for the province of Saskatchewan, as calculated by the system.
Starting in 2012, if a taxfiler claimed the Saskatchewan graduate tuition tax credit and did not need all of it to reduce their provincial tax to zero, they can claim the unused credit as the Saskatchewan graduate tuition refund.
Derived from: Line 6364 Form SK428
LAD: NRSKTUITREBC_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: In 2008, Saskatchewan replaced the provincial Sales Tax Credit with the Low-Income Tax Credit. The credit is fully refundable. The adult component of the credit is $216 and the child component is $84 per child. For families earning less than $28,335, tax credits can reach $600 per year.
Derived from: Calculated by CRA (see also Pamphlet RC4210, GST/HST Credit)
LAD: SLITC_ I, F, P
(1987 to 2011)
Definition: The Saskatchewan Pension Plan is a pension plan which is intended to extend pension coverage over and above OAS/CPP to those who might not otherwise belong to private pension plans, such as homemakers, part-time employees, farmers, and the self-employed.
Qualifying individuals can contribute to this plan, and the government will make some matching contributions depending on the income level of the contributor. The individual's contributions are deductible to a maximum of $600 per year. The deduction is technically limited to the least of the individual's actual contribution to the plan, $600 per year, and his or her amount deductible for RRSP purposes minus actual RRSP contributions to his or her own and/or a spousal RRSP plan. It is intended that this rule will continue as RRSP contribution limits change.
Derived from: Line 209 on page 2 of the T1 General form of the Saskatchewan return (1999 to present).
LAD: PCLSK I, F, P
(2000 to present)
Definition: This codes the secondary sub-sector of paid employment activity for the individual according to 3-digit North-American Industry Classification System (NAICS) of the employers. The data is derived from a linkage between the T4 slips issued for the individual and Statistics Canada's Business Register. For a business with operations in several industrial sub-sectors, the principal sub-sector is chosen (this may not be the sector of activity of the individual). The employment earnings associated with each T4 slip are aggregated by 3-digit NAICS and the two top sub-sectors of paid-employment are stored in Main principal industry sub-sector of employers (NAIC1) and Secondary principal industry sub-sector of employers (NAIC2). A count of the different industries appearing on at least one slip for the individual shows up in Principal industry sub-sectors of employers, number of (NAICC). The T4 slips issued to individual, number of (T4CNT) variable is also available. The code 'NNN' represents people not associated to a T4 slip and 'UUU' means missing NAICS information for the business.
Derived from: T4 slips and Business Register
LAD: NAIC2 I character
(2010 to present)
Definition: This variable indicates whether a filer received the self-employment income exemption for Status Indians or not. The value 0 indicates that the filer did not receive the exemption. A value of 1 indicates that the filer did receive the exemption.
Derived from: LAD processing
LAD: SEIEXINDSW_ I
(1982 to present)
Definition: This field identifies whether the individual has reported self-employment income in any of the gross or net unincorporated self-employment income fields. The unincorporated self-employment income categories are business, commission, farming, fishing, and professional.
This is a character variable with the following codes:
"0" = no gross or net self-employment income; and
"1" = gross and/or net self-employment income.
Derived from: Lines 135, 137, 139, 141, 143, 162, 164, 166, 168, 170 (1984 to present),
Lines 19-23 and Lines 84-88 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: SEISW I -, P, F-, K character
(2010 to present)
Definition: If you are an Indian registered, or eligible to be registered, under the Indian Act, and you earned tax-exempt, self-employed income on a reserve in Canada, enter your total tax-exempt self-employed income.
Derived from: Line 5494 Schedule 13
LAD: SEIEXIND_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: This field contains the sum of all net income earned from self-employment. Sources of self-employment income are: business, professional, commission, farming, and fishing. Income from limited or non-active partnerships may have been included in this variable between 1982 and 1987 when it was part of self-employment business income. Now, only the taxfiler's share of active self-employment partnership income is included.
Derived from: Lines 135-143 (1984 to present), Line 19-23 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: SEI__ I, F, P, k(formerly SFTOT from 1982 to 1995, retroactively changed to SEI__ in 1996)
(1982 to present)
Definition: Each record is assigned a code to represent the gender of the taxfiler. The code is assigned by the Canada Revenue Agency by matching the social insurance number (SIN) reported on the tax return to the SINMASTER, a Human Resources and Social Development Canada (HRSDC) file. This file contains the gender of every person who has received a SIN. Imputed children are not assigned a sex code (their sex code is blank) while imputed spouses are given a sex code opposite to that of their filing spouse. Non-matched taxfilers who have no sex code are assigned one randomly.
Following are the possible codes:
' ' (blank) – sex code not identified
'F' – denotes female
'M' – denotes male
Due to the method of assigning a sex code, on rare occasions the sex of some individuals may change from year to year. For consistency, use the LAD Register for this variable.
Derived from: Edit and Imputation
LAD: SXCO_ I, K character
(1992 to present)
Definition: Social assistance is designed to provide income to meet the cost of basic requirements of either a single person or a family when all other financial resources have been exhausted. Line 145 includes social assistance income provided by a provincial or municipal program. If applicable, the spouse with the higher net income (line 236) must report the social assistance payments. See Non-Taxable income. From 1992 to present this variable was included in XTIRC. From 1986 to 1991, it was included in XTIRC through the non-Taxable income (NTXI_) field
Derived from: Line 145 (1992 to present)
LAD: SASPY I, F, P
(1989 to present)
Definition: Social benefits repayment is the combined amount of:
available on LAD) is greater than the allowed limit(s).
Derived from: Line 235 (1989 to present)
LAD: RSBCL I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable indicates an individual's social insurance number (SIN) has changed. As described in LIN definition, for a temporary SIN the first digit is 0 or 9 and for a permanent SIN the first digit is within 1 and 8. There are two kinds of change, one based on status change: for example if the visa student who has been issued a temporary SIN becomes a landed immigrant he must reapply for a permanent SIN. The other is because of the issuance of a new SIN to replace a previous SIN of the same class (temporary or permanent).
Following are the possible codes:
'0' – no change
'1' – change from temporary to permanent
'2' – new temporary SIN
'3'– new permanent SIN
Derived from: LAD processing.
LAD: SINCH I character
(1982 to present)
Definition: The spouse or common-law partner amount is a non-refundable tax credit available to the taxfiler if at any time in the year, he or she supported his or her spouse or common-law partner. The spousal amount is limited by the net income of the spouse or common-law partner in the tax year. However, if the spouse or common-law partner's net income exceeds the limit determined by the Canada Revenue Agency, the spousal amount cannot be claimed (net income maximum amount = full spouse amount plus net income base amount). Otherwise, as the spouse's net income increases, the amount available for a non-refundable tax credit decreases.
Derived from: Line 303 Schedule 1 (1988 to present)
Line 230 (1982 to 1987)
LAD: MXMP_ I, F, P
(2007 to present)
Definition: For 2007, if for any reason the universal child care benefits paid to your spouse or common-law spouse have been in excess of the amount to which your spouse or common-law spouse were entitled, the CRA can demand repayment.
Derived from: Line 213
LAD: SUCBR I, F, P
(1986 to 1992)
Definition: In the Personal Information Section, taxfilers were asked to state the type(s) of work or occupation(s) that they had in the given year. For some taxfilers, primarily the self-employed, the Canada Revenue Agency classified this information by industry using the Standard Industrial Classification Coding System (SICCD). The SICCD classifies establishments engaged in similar types of activities in relation to similar goods and services. Examples are logging camps, coal mines, clothing factories and laundries. This classification has been developed primarily for establishments that are separate operating entities. The degree of accuracy for this field is not known because this field is seldom used. Starting in 2000, more industry information is available for people who receive a T4 slip from an employer. Consult Main principal industry sub-sector of employers (NAIC1) and Secondary principal industry sub-sector of employers (NAIC2).
Derived from: Personal Information Section, T1 tax form (1988 to 1992)
LAD: SICCD I
(1984 to present)
Definition: Employee Stock Deduction is a deduction from net income claimed when a taxfiler has received taxable benefits or income from an employee stock option plan. For the 1996 taxyear, the taxfiler is allowed an offsetting deduction for 25% of the benefit indicated on the line Stock Option and Shares Deductions on the tax return.
Derived from: Line 249
LAD: STKDN I, F, P
(2000 to present)
Definition: This represents the number of T4 slips issued to the person. It may not necessarily be the number of businesses that the person worked for as businesses sometimes issue more than one T4 per individual. People not associated with a T4 slip should have a count of 0.
Derived from: T4 slips
LAD: T4CNT I
(1982 to present)
Definition: Calculated net federal tax is the amount of income tax that the taxfiler is required to pay the Federal Government of Canada. Not included in this variable is the amount of Quebec abatement (a rebate on federal tax) that individuals are given.
Derived from: Line 420 (1984 to present), between Line 66(a) and Line 70 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: NFTXC I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Calculated net provincial tax is the amount of income tax that a filer is required to pay to a provincial government before deducting various tax credits.
The amount of Quebec tax is not outlined on the federal tax return. Quebec tax has been estimated and is included in this variable.
Derived from: Line 428 (1984 to present), Line 67 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: NPTXC I, F -,P
(2003 to present)
Definition: Tax deducted at source for Old Age Security required clawback as calculated by the system. Old Age Security (OAS) payments are subject to a special recovery to the extent the recipient's net income exceeds this amount. The system taxes back OAS benefits at a 15% rate if the income exceeds the specified income amount. The system of clawing back OAS payments extends to the application of withholding tax, so that where net income for a base period exceeds the current year clawback threshold, OAS payments will be subject to withholding on the potential clawback. For OAS payments made in January-June of the current year, withholding is based on net income in second prior year returns. For OAS payments in July-December of the current year, withholding is based on net income in prior year returns. Amounts withheld from OAS payments should be claimed on the T1 return.
Derived from: Lines 235 and 440
LAD: OASTD I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Includes dividend income from taxable Canadian corporations (such as stocks or mutual funds) and then grossed down to the actual amounts received; dividends should be reported as income in the year they are received. Dividend income does not include dividends received from foreign investments (which are included in interest income and reported on line 121). See also XDIV and DIVTO.
Derived from: Line 120 (1984 to present)
Line 14 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: DIVTX I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Taxable income is total income (Canada Revenue Agency's definition, TIRC) minus deductions reported on the tax return. The definition changed in 1988 when some deductions and exemptions changed classification and became non-refundable tax credits.
Derived from: Line 260 (1984 to present), Line 62 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: TXI__ I, F, P, K
(1995 to present)
Definition: The total instalment payments a person made for their taxes for the tax year.
Derived from: Line 476
LAD: INSTL I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: This variable indicates the province, territory or other jurisdiction in which the taxfiler is subject to tax. This is determined, by part, by the Canada Revenue Agency according in the taxfiler's province of residence as of December 31st of the tax year. Jurisdiction is based on where the taxfiler's permanent establishment exists.
The following list indicates the possible codes and the provinces they represent:
0 – Newfoundland and Labrador
1 – Prince Edward Island
2 – Nova Scotia
3 – New Brunswick
4 – Quebec
5 – Ontario
6 – Manitoba
7 – Saskatchewan
8 – Alberta
9 – British Columbia
10 – Northwest Territories
11 – Yukon Territory
12 – Non-Resident
13 – Multiple Jurisdiction
14 – Nunavut (from 1998 to present)
Derived from: Personal Identification, Section 1, T1 tax form (1982 to present)
LAD: TXPCO I, K
(2009 to present)
Definition: The aggregate Fair Market Value (FMV) of the Tax-Free Savings Account (TFSA) as of December 31, year-end. Fair Market Value is the dollar amount that may reasonably be expected to be exchanged between a willing buyer and a willing seller for a property. The amount is determined by the financial institution and may not be less than zero. This variable represents the aggregate amount for all of the accounts for each tax filer.
Derived from: Tax Free Savings Account File
LAD: TFSACYE_ I, F, P
(2009 to present)
Definition: The total dollar amount of contributions on all transactions within all TFSA accounts held by the tax filer in that year.
Derived from: Tax Free Savings Account File
LAD: TFSACTB_ I, F, P
(2009 to present)
Definition: The total dollar amount of withdrawals on all transactions within all TFSA accounts held by the tax filer in that year.
Derived from: Tax Free Savings Account File
LAD: TFSAWDL_ I, F, P
(1994 to present)
Definition: This variable contains a numeric code corresponding to the type of Return the taxfiler filed. The codes are as follows:
1 - T1 General
2 - T1 Special
3 - T1S A (Seniors)
4 - T1S B (Wage Earners)
5 - T1S C (Credit Filers)
6 - T1S D (Credit and Benefits)
7 - Software generated T1 General
8 - Non-personalized T1 General
9 - Deemed resident T1 General - 1995 and subsequent or re-entered (for 1993 and prior years only)
10 - OAS return of income 1995 and subsequent or EFILE (for 1993 and prior only)
11 - SAS transcript workflow (ITSO only)
50 - Indeterminate
Derived from: Front page of T1 General 2008
LAD: RTNTP I
(1998 to present)
Definition: Total amount of spousal and child support payments paid by the taxfiler in the year. Effective January 1, 1997, the terms "alimony" and "maintenance" have been replaced by the term "support amount". The deductible portion of these payments is written on line 220 (ALMDN). The taxfiler enters on line 230 the total of all deductible and non-deductible support payments for a spouse or common-law partner, or for a child, that they made (or, if you are the payee, that you repaid under a court order) in 2005. Only the deductible amount is claimed on line 220. Most child support payments paid according to a written agreement or court order dated after April 1997, are not deductible. To be allowed a deduction for any support payments made in a year, you must be living apart from the qualified recipient throughout the remainder of the year. A payment which is deductible by you will be included in the income of the recipient. Generally, to be allowed your claim, you should register your written agreement or court order (including any amendments) with CRA.
Derived from: Line 230
LAD: TALIP I, F, P
(1998 to present)
Definition: Total amount of spousal and child support payments received by the taxfiler in the year. Effective May 1, 1997, a new system of taxation has been implemented under which separate treatment is prescribed for payments made on account of child support ("child support payments") and payments made on account of support of the recipient (usually but not always a former spouse or common-law partner; these payments are referred to for convenience as "spousal payments"). Child support payments are not taxable to the recipient or deductible to the payor, whereas support payments for the benefit of the recipient will continue to be taxable to the recipient and deductible to the payor so long as they meet the criteria. There is a general presumption that payments are child support payments unless otherwise identified, and new system agreements which provide for taxable/deductible (as opposed to child support) payments must be registered with the CRA. A taxfiler enters on line 156 the total of all support payments for themselves and/or for a child that they received (or, if you are the payer, the payments that were repaid to you under a court order) in the tax year. Taxfilers enter on line 128 only the taxable amount. In the case where the payments are made for the benefit of the recipient (usually a former spouse/common-law partner) the former system will still apply.
Prior to May 1, 1997 the following applied to determining the taxable amount of spousal and child support received. The taxable portion of this amount is written in the ALMI field. Support payments received were generally taxable if ALL of the following conditions were met:
Derived from: Line 156
LAD: TALIR I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Total deductions is used to calculate net income through the calculation: net income = total income - total deductions. It is the sum of all deductions reported on the tax return (lines 207 to 224, 229, and 231 to 232). Only deductions used to calculate net income are included in this total (any deductions from net income are not included in this total).
Derived from: T1FF processing
LAD: TIDNC I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: The total amount of EI insurable earnings from box 24 of all T4 slips on self-employment income. If box 24 is blank, use the amount from box 14, unless box 28 states that the T4 earnings are EI exempt. If you have employment income for which you did not get a T4 slip, also enter that amount.
Derived from: Line 5478 Schedule 13
LAD: EINSUREARN_ I, F, P
(1992 to present)
Definition: The total of all the amounts shown in the "Income tax deducted" box from all of your Canadian information slips. If you were not a resident of Quebec on December 31, but you had Quebec provincial income tax withheld from your income, also include those amounts on line 437 and attach your provincial information slips to your paper return.
If you were a resident of Quebec on December 31, do not include any of your Quebec provincial income tax deducted. If you and your spouse or common-law partner elected to split pension income, follow the instructions at Step 5 on Form T1032, Joint Election to Split Pension Income, to calculate the amount to enter on line 437 of your and your spouse's or common-law partner's returns. If you paid tax by instalments, claim it on line 476. If you paid foreign taxes, do not claim these amounts on this line. However, you may be able to claim a foreign tax credit. For more information, see Form T2209, Federal Foreign Tax Credits.
Derived from: Line 437 Form T1
LAD: TIDT4 I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: You may have held a mortgage on a property but had to repossess the property later because you were not paid all or a part of the amount owed under the mortgage. In this case, you may have to report a capital gain or loss. If the capital gain or loss is from a mortgage foreclosure or conditional sales repossession, report the total disposition on line 123 of Schedule 3.
Qualified farm property is certain property you or your spouse or common-law partner owns. It is also certain property owned by a family-farm partnership in which you or your spouse or common-law partner holds an interest.
Qualified fishing property is certain property you or your spouse or common-law partner owns. It is also certain property owned by a family fishing partnership in which you or your spouse or common-law partner holds an interest.
Derived from: Line 123 Schedule 3
LAD: FRMCLOSGRS_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: The total proceeds of the disposition of qualified small business corporation shares. A share of a corporation will be considered to be a qualified small business corporation share if all the following conditions are met:
Derived from: Line 106 Schedule 3
LAD: SBDSPGRS_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: Transfer payment income is income received from the government to supplement income and to assist those with low or no income. This variable is the combined income from all transfer payments. The following fields are included in this variable:
Please note that after the variable name and acronym, it can be established if the income is taxable or non-taxable where taxable = (T) and non-taxable = (N).
Derived from: This variable is derived at the time of retrieval. Please consult with LAD staff.
LAD: TRPIN I, F, P
(1992 to 1998)
Definition: The variable is a federal credit that is more commonly referred to as the part XII.2 trust tax credit. The credit, in effect, replaces the income that the beneficiary would have received if his/her trust had not been required to pay Part XII.2 tax.
The amount of the trust's total federal credit that is available to the individual taxfiler is proportionately equal to the share of trust income that was allocated or designated to him/her. This amount is shown in Box 38 of the taxfiler's trust income report (T3 slip) that is produced by the trust's executor/administrator.
Derived from: Line 456 T1
LAD: TDNTR I, F, P
(1997 to present)
Definition: The tuition and education amounts transferred by the taxfiler's spouse onto the taxfiler's income tax return. The spouse can transfer to the taxfiler any part of certain amounts that the spouse qualifies for but does not need to reduce his or her federal income tax to zero.
The maximum tuition and education amount is $850 of credit or $5,000 of fees and amounts. The spouse must designate the amount to the taxfiler on the back of the forms T2202 or T2202A.
Derived from: Line 360 from Schedule 2 (1999 to present).
LAD: EDUSP I, F, P, K
(2008 to present)
Definition: This represents the total amount of tuition and education amounts claimed as a credit by a taxfiler, as calculated by the system. A taxfiler can claim tuition, education, and textbook amounts provided they complete Schedule 11 to report their eligibility.
Derived from: Line 323 Schedule 1
LAD: TUEC_ I, F, P
(1982 to present)
Definition: A tuition fee is a non-refundable tax credit. If the taxfiler was a student during the tax year, he or she may claim tuition fees (not books or expenses) paid to an educational institution of post-secondary level in Canada.
Beginning in 1996, if an individual's fees are paid (or the individual is entitled to be reimbursed for them) under a federal program to assist athletes, the individual cannot claim these fees unless the payment or reimbursement has been included in his or her income.
Beginning in 1997, we only keep the qualified total amount of the student in the LAD. However, any unused part of the tuition amount may be carried forward and claimed in a future year. Any amounts carried forward cannot be transferred to a spouse, parent or grandparent at a later date.
Derived from: Line 320 of Schedule 11 (1997 to present), Line 320 (1988 to 1996), Line 213 (1984 to 1987), Line 36 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: TUTDN I, F, P, K
(1982 to present)
Definition: With this deduction, the taxfiler may claim the following:
Annual memberships do not include initiation fees, special assessments, or charges for anything other than the organization's ordinary operating costs. The taxfiler cannot claim charges for pension plans as membership dues even if the receipts show them as dues.
Derived from: Line 212 (1984 to present), Line 35 (1982 to 1983)
LAD: DUES_ I, F, P
(2006 to present)
Definition: The Universal Child Care Benefit is an amount of $100 paid for each child under 6 years of age for whom a person is responsible. The benefit will continue until the month following the child's 6th birthday.
Derived from: Line 117 of T1 tax form
LAD: UCCB_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: If you were a single parent on December 31, 2010, you can choose one of the following options:
Derived from: Line 185 Form T1
LAD: UCCBDPND_ I, F, P
(2007 to present)
Definition: Universal Child Care Benefit Repayment is the universal child care benefits paid in excess of the amount to which the individual was entitled.
Derived from: Line 213 of T1 tax form
LAD: UCCBR I, F, P
(2011 to present)
Definition: A filer can claim an amount of $3,000 for this non-refundable tax credit.The following conditions must be met:
If a filer provided services to the same fire department, other than as a volunteer, for the same or similar duties, he or she cannot include any hours related to that department in determining if the 200 hours threshold is met.
Derived from: Line 362 Schedule 1
LAD: NRFIREC_ I, F, P
(1992 to present)
Definition: The payments that are received for workers' compensation are dependent upon individual situations. It either relates to a percentage of eligible earnings or is based on the degree of physical impairment and potential ensuing wage loss. See: Non-Taxable income (NTXI_) for information prior to 1992. Included in XTRIC from 1992 to present. From 1986 to 1991, it was included in XTIRC through the non-Taxable income (NTXI) field
Derived from: Line 144 (1992 to present)
LAD: WKCPY I, F, P
(2007 to present)
Definition: The Working Income Tax Benefit is a federal refundable tax credit, which is available starting in 2007 and consists of a basic amount and a disability supplement for low-income individuals and families who are already in the workforce and to encourage other Canadians to enter the workforce.
Some provinces/territories have exercised the option to reconfigure the WITB calculation based on specific social and economic realities. So, the calculation is the same for most of the provinces and territories but the basic working income tax benefit factors are special for Quebec, British Columbia and the Nunavut.
The WITB is calculated on Schedule 6 of the federal income tax return and then entered on line 453 on page 4 of the return.
On Schedule 6 of the return, there are three steps to accomplish. The first step is to calculate the filer's working income and the adjusted family net income. The second step is the calculation of the basic WITB according to the factors for the province. The third step is the calculation of the WITB disability supplement if the tax filer is eligible. If the third step is not applicable for the tax filer, then the amount calculated at the end of the step 2 is the amount to report on line 453.
A tax filer eligible for the WITB if:
Exception
If the tax filer is under 19 years of age, he/she may still be eligible for the WITB, if He/she a spouse or common-law partner or an eligible dependant on December 31.
A tax filer is not eligible for the WITB if:
For WITB purposes, an eligible spouse at the end of the year is a person who meets all of the following conditions:
Family net income is an individual's net income added to the net income of their spouse or common-law partner, minus any amount reported for Universal Child Care Benefit (UCCB , see line 117 of the Income Tax and Benefit Return). Net income is the amount on line 236 of the Income Tax and Benefit Return.
The Working income for a tax year is the total amount of an individual's or family's income for the year from employment and business (excluding losses).
Derived from: line 453 of T1 tax form
LAD: WITB_I, F, P, k
(2008 to present)
Definition: If a taxfiler received Working Income Tax Benefit (WITB) advance payments in the tax year, he or she must enter the amount from box 10 of his or her RC210 slip for that tax year. However, if the taxfiler is entitled to working income tax benefits in the tax year, he or she must complete Schedule 6.
Derived from: Line 415 of schedule 1
LAD: WITBA I, F, P
(2013)
Definition: The total amount of the basic Working Income Tax Benefit which was received by the tax filer, as calculated by the system. For a detailed description of the basic amount calculations, consult Schedule 6. See also variable WITB_.
Derived from: Schedule 6, CRA calculation
LAD: WITBBC I, F, P
(2013)
Definition: The total amount of the Working Income Tax Benefit disability supplement which was received by the tax filer, as calculated by the system. For a detailed description of the supplement calculations, consult Schedule 6. See also variable WITB_.
Derived from: Schedule 6, CRA calculation
LAD: WITBSC I, F, P
(2013)
Definition: This represents the total working income amount of a client, as calculated by the system, for determining eligibility to receive the Working Income Tax Benefit. This amount includes employment income, self-employment income, and taxable portions of scholarships among other income components. For a detailed description of the included income components, consult Schedule 6. See also variable WITB_.
Derived from: Schedule 6, CRA calculation
LAD: WITBTAC I, F, P
(2013)
Definition: A tax filer residing within the Settlement Land of a Self-Governing Yukon First Nation in the Yukon must indicate if they are a citizen of that Self-Governing First Nation. This code is used to determine if the client is a citizen of a first nation in the Yukon Territory.
0 - Not stated
1 - Yes
2 – No
Derived from: Personal Information Section of Canada Revenue Agency T1 tax form
LAD: YKFNCIT I, F, P
(2008 to present)
Definition: The Canadian and Yukon governments have signed administrative agreements on personal income tax with several autonomous Yukon First Nations. Under these agreements, the Canadian and Yukon governments will share personal income tax jurisdiction with the autonomous Yukon First Nations. Yukon First Nations tax corresponds to a refundable federal abatement and a Yukon First Nations tax credit.
Derived from: Line 6386, provincial tax credit forms YT479
LAD: YKFN_ I, F, P
(2010 to present)
Definition: The Government of Canada and the Government of Yukon have concluded personal income tax administration agreements with many self-governing Yukon First Nations. The agreements provide that both the Government of Canada and the Government of Yukon will share the field of personal income tax with self-governing Yukon First Nations. They also provide for the co-ordination of the Personal Income Tax Act of the Self-Governing Yukon First Nation with the federal Income Tax Act and with the Yukon Income Tax Act. This co-ordination is done through the income tax and benefit return of individuals residing on the settlement lands of the self-governing First Nations. The transferred amount is referred to as "Yukon First Nations Tax." Yukon First Nations tax consists of a federal abatement and a Yukon First Nations income tax credit.
The Federal abatement rate is 95% if you lived on one of the following self-governing Yukon First Nation settlement lands at the end of the year: (Vuntut Gwitchin, Tr'ondëk Hwëch'in, Teslin Tlingit, Selkirk, Nacho Nyak Dun, Little Salmon/Carmacks, Champagne et Aishihik)
The Federal abatement rate is 75% if you lived on one of the following self-governing Yukon First Nation settlement lands at the end of the year: ( Ta'an Kwäch'än, Kwanlin Dun, Kluane, Carcross/Tagish)
All individuals who reside within the settlement land of a self-governing Yukon First Nation, including those who are not members of a self-governing Yukon First Nation, have to identify themselves as residents of the settlement land of a particular self-governing Yukon First Nation.
Derived from: Line 441 Form T1 (and Form YT432)
LAD: YKFNAB_ I, F, P
This section specifies the exact definitions of the three measures of total income that are available on the LAD, which are:
The first measure of total income is TIRC, which is the Canada Revenue Agency Taxation definition of total income as per the T1 form. The second measure, XTIRC, has been derived by the Small Area and Administrative Data Division of Statistics Canada as a more appropriate measure for statistical analysis. The components of income that are included in XTIRC are generally described in Table 1, Components of XTIRC in 2013, while the details are given in Table 5, Definition of XTIRC, 1982 to 2013.
The largest difference between XTIRC and TIRC occurs from 1986 onward because non-Taxable income is added to XTIRC. In 1986, the Government of Canada introduced the Federal Sales Tax (FST) Credit directed at the low-income population. In order to determine eligibility for the FST Credit, filers had to report their non-Taxable income. This was defined as Social Assistance payments, Guaranteed Income Supplement (GIS), Spouse's Allowance (SPA), and Workers' compensation payments. As a result of adding non-Taxable income to XTIRC in 1986, the user is cautioned in comparing pre-1986 values of XTIRC with later values. For example, an increase in XTIRC from 1985 to 1986 may simply reflect the reporting of non-Taxable income on the 1986 T1 form but not on the 1985 T1, i.e. perhaps no increase in income occurred.
Other new differences are the exclusion of RRSP income for people who are less than 65 years old and the inclusion of Indian exempt employment income to TIRC.
Another difference between TIRC and XTIRC is that capital gains are included in the former but not in the latter. The remaining differences are detailed in Table 4, Differences between TIRC and XTIRC.
The third measure of total income available from LAD is market income (MKINC). MKINC is derived from XTIRC by removing government transfer payments. The components of MKINC are generally described in Table 2, Components of MKINC, 1982 to 2013, while Table 6, Definition of MKINC, 1982 to 2013, gives the detailed derivation.
Besides the change to XTIRC in 1986 due to the addition of sales tax credits, changes in tax legislation and in the content of the T1 form itself have resulted in differences in the availability of the components of total income. The trend has been towards greater availability. For example, in 1992, the components of non-Taxable income are reported separately on the T1 form, adding three variables to the LAD: NFSL, denoting net federal supplements (GIS and SPA), WKCPY, denoting Workers' compensation payments, and SASPY denoting social assistance payments. From 1986 to 1991, only the total of these three payments was reported. A history of the changes in XTIRC is given in Table 3, History of Components of XTIRC.
In summary, this part of the LAD Dictionary specifies the components of TIRC, XTIRC, and MKINC for each year of LAD from 1982 to 2013 via:
1986
As a result of introducing the federal sales tax credit, FST, non-Taxable income is added to XTIRC. Two new variables are added to LAD, Non-Taxable income, NTXI_, and FST credit, GHSTC.
Alimony, separation, or child support payments are reported as a separate field, ALMI_. Previously this income was included in Other income, OI__.
1987
Provincial Family Allowance payments for residents of Quebec become non-taxable. They are no longer included in the Family Allowance received field, FA___, and therefore are no longer included in XTIRC.
1988
RRSP income, T4RSP, is available as a separate field; it was previously included with Other income, OI___. However, XTIRC includes RRSP income for persons aged 65 and over, RRSPO, only.
Net limited partnership income is available as a separate field, LTPI_. It was previously included in Net self-employment income, SEI__, Net rental income, RNET_, or Other income, OI___.
1989
No changes were made.
1990
The goods and services tax (GST) credit is added to LAD through the existing FST credit variable, GHSTC. Since some people were eligible for both the GST and the FST credits in 1990, the amount of both is carried in this one variable.
1991
The FST credit is dropped and is completely replaced by the GST credit.
1992
The components of non-Taxable income are reported separately on the T1 form. Three variables are added to the LAD: net federal supplements, NFSL_; Workers' compensation payments, WKCPY; and social assistance payments, SASPY.
1993
As a result of replacing the federal Family Allowance program with the Child Tax Benefits program, the variable denoting income from Family Allowance, FA___, is discontinued and the variable denoting payments received from the Child Tax Benefit program, CTBI_, is added.Note : 4
1994
A variable denoting estimated provincial Family Allowance payments to residents of Quebec, FAQUE, is added.
1995
No changes were made.
1996
A variable denoting estimated provincial family benefits to residents of British Columbia, FABC_, is added. This is the first year residents of British Columbia receive provincial family benefits (FABC_).
The name of the Unemployment Insurance Program is changed to the Employment Insurance Program. Accordingly, the variable name relating to this program has been changed historically, from 1982.
1997
New Brunswick and Alberta introduced family benefit programs in 1997.
1998
The Saskatchewan Child Benefit, Ontario Child Care Supplement for Working Families, the Northwest Territories Child Benefit and the Nova Scotia Child Benefit programs started.
1999
Indian exempt employment income, EXIND, is included as a component of XTIRC.
2000 to 2005
No changes were made.
2006
Universal Child Care Benefit, UCCB_, is included as a component of Total Income: TIRC_, XTIRC.
2007
Working income tax benefit, WITB_, is included as a component of Total Income: XTIRC.
2008
Register Disability Savings Plan, RDSP_, is included as a component of Total Income: TIRC_, XTIRC.
2009
No changes were made.
2010
Indian exempt self-employment income, SEIEXIND, is included as a component of XTIRC (via SEI__).
2011
No changes were made.
2012
No changes were made.
2013
No changes were made.
Variable Name | Description | Section | Page |
---|---|---|---|
ACCZ_10 | Required visit to medical specialist | ACC | 394 |
ACCZ_11 | Experienced difficulties getting specialist care | ACC | 395 |
ACCZ_12A | Difficulty - getting a referral | ACC | 395 |
ACCZ_12B | Difficulty - getting an appointment | ACC | 396 |
ACCZ_12C | Difficulty - no specialists in area | ACC | 396 |
ACCZ_12D | Difficulty - waited too long for an appointment | ACC | 397 |
ACCZ_12E | Difficulty - waited too long to see doctor | ACC | 397 |
ACCZ_12F | Difficulty - transportation | ACC | 398 |
ACCZ_12G | Difficulty - language | ACC | 398 |
ACCZ_12H | Difficulty - cost | ACC | 399 |
ACCZ_12I | Difficulty - personal or family responsibilities | ACC | 399 |
ACCZ_12J | Difficulty - general deterioration of health | ACC | 400 |
ACCZ_12K | Difficulty - appointment cancelled/deferred | ACC | 400 |
ACCZ_12L | Difficulty - still waiting for visit | ACC | 401 |
ACCZ_12M | Difficulty - unable to leave house / health problem | ACC | 401 |
ACCZ_12N | Difficulty - other | ACC | 402 |
ACCZ_20 | Required non-emergency surgery | ACC | 402 |
ACCZ_21 | Experienced difficulties getting non-emergency surgery | ACC | 403 |
ACCZ_22A | Difficulty - getting an appointment with a surgeon | ACC | 403 |
ACCZ_22B | Difficulty - getting a diagnosis | ACC | 404 |
ACCZ_22C | Difficulty - waited too long for a diagnostic test | ACC | 404 |
ACCZ_22D | Difficulty - waited too long for a hospital bed | ACC | 405 |
ACCZ_22E | Difficulty - waited too long for surgery | ACC | 405 |
ACCZ_22F | Difficulty - service not available in area | ACC | 406 |
ACCZ_22G | Difficulty - transportation | ACC | 406 |
ACCZ_22H | Difficulty - language | ACC | 407 |
ACCZ_22I | Difficulty - cost | ACC | 407 |
ACCZ_22J | Difficulty - personal or family responsibilities | ACC | 408 |
ACCZ_22K | Difficulty - general deterioration of health | ACC | 408 |
ACCZ_22L | Difficulty - appointment cancelled/deferred | ACC | 409 |
ACCZ_22M | Difficulty - still waiting for surgery | ACC | 409 |
ACCZ_22N | Difficulty - unable to leave house / health problem | ACC | 410 |
ACCZ_22O | Difficulty - other | ACC | 410 |
ACCZ_30 | Required MRI, CT Scan, angiography | ACC | 411 |
ACCZ_31 | Experienced difficulties getting test | ACC | 411 |
ACCZ_32A | Difficulty - getting a referral | ACC | 412 |
ACCZ_32B | Difficulty - getting an appointment | ACC | 412 |
ACCZ_32C | Difficulty - waited too long to get an appointment | ACC | 413 |
ACCZ_32D | Difficulty - waited too long to get test | ACC | 413 |
ACCZ_32E | Difficulty - service not available at time required | ACC | 414 |
ACCZ_32F | Difficulty - service not available in the area | ACC | 414 |
ACCZ_32G | Difficulty - transportation | ACC | 415 |
ACCZ_32H | Difficulty - language | ACC | 415 |
ACCZ_32I | Difficulty - cost | ACC | 416 |
ACCZ_32J | Difficulty - general deterioration of health | ACC | 416 |
ACCZ_32K | Difficulty - did not know where to go | ACC | 417 |
ACCZ_32L | Difficulty - still waiting for test | ACC | 417 |
ACCZ_32M | Difficulty - unable to leave house / health problem | ACC | 418 |
ACCZ_32N | Difficulty - other | ACC | 418 |
ACCZ_40 | Required health information for self or family member | ACC | 419 |
ACCZ_40A | Contact for health information - doctor's office | ACC | 419 |
ACCZ_40B | Contact for health information - community hlth ctr / CLSC | ACC | 420 |
ACCZ_40C | Contact for health information - walk-in clinic | ACC | 420 |
ACCZ_40D | Contact for health information - telephone health line | ACC | 421 |
ACCZ_40E | Contact for health information - emergency room | ACC | 421 |
ACCZ_40F | Contact for health information - other hospital service | ACC | 422 |
ACCZ_40G | Contact for health information - other | ACC | 422 |
ACCZ_41 | Experienced difficult getting health information - self/family | ACC | 423 |
ACCZ_42 | Experienced difficulties during regular hours | ACC | 423 |
ACCZ_43A | Difficulty - contacting a physician or nurse | ACC | 424 |
ACCZ_43B | Difficulty - did not have a phone number | ACC | 424 |
ACCZ_43C | Difficulty - could not get through | ACC | 425 |
ACCZ_43D | Difficulty - waited too long to speak to someone | ACC | 425 |
ACCZ_43E | Difficulty - did not get adequate info or advice | ACC | 426 |
ACCZ_43F | Difficulty - language | ACC | 426 |
ACCZ_43G | Difficulty - did not know where to go/call/uninformed | ACC | 427 |
ACCZ_43H | Difficulty - unable to leave house / health problem | ACC | 427 |
ACCZ_43I | Difficulty - other | ACC | 428 |
ACCZ_44 | Experienced difficulties during evenings/weekends | ACC | 428 |
ACCZ_45A | Difficulty - contacting a physican or nurse | ACC | 429 |
ACCZ_45B | Difficulty - did not have a phone number | ACC | 429 |
ACCZ_45C | Difficulty - could not get through | ACC | 430 |
ACCZ_45D | Difficulty - waited too long to speak to someone | ACC | 430 |
ACCZ_45E | Difficulty - did not get adequate info or advice | ACC | 431 |
ACCZ_45F | Difficulty - language | ACC | 431 |
ACCZ_45G | Difficulty - did not know where to go/call/uninformed | ACC | 432 |
ACCZ_45H | Difficulty - unable to leave house / health problem | ACC | 432 |
ACCZ_45I | Difficulty - other | ACC | 433 |
ACCZ_46 | Experienced difficulties during middle of night | ACC | 433 |
ACCZ_47A | Difficulty - contacting a physican or nurse | ACC | 434 |
ACCZ_47B | Difficulty - did not have a phone number | ACC | 434 |
ACCZ_47C | Difficulty - could not get through | ACC | 435 |
ACCZ_47D | Difficulty - waited too long to speak to someone | ACC | 435 |
ACCZ_47E | Difficulty - did not get adequate info or advice | ACC | 436 |
ACCZ_47F | Difficulty - language | ACC | 436 |
ACCZ_47G | Difficulty - did not know where to go/call/uninformed | ACC | 437 |
ACCZ_47H | Difficulty - unable to leave house / health problem | ACC | 437 |
ACCZ_47I | Difficulty - other | ACC | 438 |
ACCZ_50 | Required routine care for self/family | ACC | 439 |
ACCZ_50A | Has a regular family doctor | ACC | 438 |
ACCZ_51 | Experienced difficult getting routine/on-going care - self/family | ACC | 439 |
ACCZ_52 | Experienced difficulties during regular hours | ACC | 440 |
ACCZ_53A | Difficulty - contacting a physican | ACC | 440 |
ACCZ_53B | Difficulty - getting an appointment | ACC | 441 |
ACCZ_53C | Difficulty - do not have a family physician | ACC | 441 |
ACCZ_53D | Difficulty - waited too long to get an appointment | ACC | 442 |
ACCZ_53E | Difficulty - waited too long to see doctor | ACC | 442 |
ACCZ_53F | Difficulty - service not available at time required | ACC | 443 |
ACCZ_53G | Difficulty - service not available in the area | ACC | 443 |
ACCZ_53H | Difficulty - transportation | ACC | 444 |
ACCZ_53I | Difficulty - language | ACC | 444 |
ACCZ_53J | Difficulty - cost | ACC | 445 |
ACCZ_53K | Difficulty - did not know where to go | ACC | 445 |
ACCZ_53L | Difficulty - unable to leave house / health problem | ACC | 446 |
ACCZ_53M | Difficulty - other | ACC | 446 |
ACCZ_54 | Experienced difficulties during evenings/weekends | ACC | 447 |
ACCZ_55A | Difficulty - contacting a physican | ACC | 447 |
ACCZ_55B | Difficulty - getting an appointment | ACC | 448 |
ACCZ_55C | Difficulty - do not have a family physician | ACC | 448 |
ACCZ_55D | Difficulty - waited too long to get an appointment | ACC | 449 |
ACCZ_55E | Difficulty - waited too long to see doctor | ACC | 449 |
ACCZ_55F | Difficulty - service not available at time required | ACC | 450 |
ACCZ_55G | Difficulty - service not available in the area | ACC | 450 |
ACCZ_55H | Difficulty - transportation | ACC | 451 |
ACCZ_55I | Difficulty - language | ACC | 451 |
ACCZ_55J | Difficulty - cost | ACC | 452 |
ACCZ_55K | Difficulty - did not know where to go | ACC | 452 |
ACCZ_55L | Difficulty - unable to leave house / health problem | ACC | 453 |
ACCZ_55M | Difficulty - other | ACC | 453 |
ACCZ_60 | Required immediate care/minor health problem - self/family | ACC | 454 |
ACCZ_61 | Experienced difficulties getting immediate care - self/family | ACC | 454 |
ACCZ_62 | Experienced difficulties during regular hours | ACC | 455 |
ACCZ_63A | Difficulty - contacting a physican | ACC | 455 |
ACCZ_63B | Difficulty - getting an appointment | ACC | 456 |
ACCZ_63C | Difficulty - do not have a family physician | ACC | 456 |
ACCZ_63D | Difficulty - waited too long to get an appointment | ACC | 457 |
ACCZ_63E | Difficulty - waited too long to see doctor | ACC | 457 |
ACCZ_63F | Difficulty - service not available at time required | ACC | 458 |
ACCZ_63G | Difficulty - service not available in the area | ACC | 458 |
ACCZ_63H | Difficulty - transportation | ACC | 459 |
ACCZ_63I | Difficulty - language | ACC | 459 |
ACCZ_63J | Difficulty - cost | ACC | 460 |
ACCZ_63K | Difficulty - did not know where to go | ACC | 460 |
ACCZ_63L | Difficulty - unable to leave house / health problem | ACC | 461 |
ACCZ_63M | Difficulty - other | ACC | 461 |
ACCZ_64 | Experienced difficulties during evenings/weekends | ACC | 462 |
ACCZ_65A | Difficulty - contacting a physican | ACC | 462 |
ACCZ_65B | Difficulty - getting an appointment | ACC | 463 |
ACCZ_65C | Difficulty - do not have a family physician | ACC | 463 |
ACCZ_65D | Difficulty - waited too long to get an appointment | ACC | 464 |
ACCZ_65E | Difficulty - waited too long to see doctor | ACC | 464 |
ACCZ_65F | Difficulty - service not available at time required | ACC | 465 |
ACCZ_65G | Difficulty - service not available in the area | ACC | 465 |
ACCZ_65H | Difficulty - transportation | ACC | 466 |
ACCZ_65I | Difficulty - language | ACC | 466 |
ACCZ_65J | Difficulty - cost | ACC | 467 |
ACCZ_65K | Difficulty - did not know where to go | ACC | 467 |
ACCZ_65L | Difficulty - unable to leave house / health problem | ACC | 468 |
ACCZ_65M | Difficulty - other | ACC | 468 |
ACCZ_66 | Experienced difficulties during middle of night | ACC | 469 |
ACCZ_67A | Difficulty - contacting a physican | ACC | 469 |
ACCZ_67B | Difficulty - getting an appointment | ACC | 470 |
ACCZ_67C | Difficulty - do not have a family physician | ACC | 470 |
ACCZ_67D | Difficulty - waited too long to get an appointment | ACC | 471 |
ACCZ_67E | Difficulty - waited too long to see doctor | ACC | 471 |
ACCZ_67F | Difficulty - service not available at time required | ACC | 472 |
ACCZ_67G | Difficulty - service not available in the area | ACC | 472 |
ACCZ_67H | Difficulty - transportation | ACC | 473 |
ACCZ_67I | Difficulty - language | ACC | 473 |
ACCZ_67J | Difficulty - cost | ACC | 474 |
ACCZ_67K | Difficulty - did not know where to go | ACC | 474 |
ACCZ_67L | Difficulty - unable to leave house / health problem | ACC | 475 |
ACCZ_67M | Difficulty - other | ACC | 475 |
ADL_01 | Needs help - preparing meals | ADL | 114 |
ADL_02 | Needs help - getting to appointments / running errands | ADL | 115 |
ADL_03 | Needs help - doing housework | ADL | 115 |
ADL_04 | Needs help - personal care | ADL | 116 |
ADL_05 | Needs help - moving about inside the house | ADL | 116 |
ADL_06 | Needs help - looking after personal finances | ADL | 117 |
ADLF6R | Help needed for tasks - (F) | RAC | 117 |
ADM_DOI | Day of interview | ADM | 19 |
ADM_LHH | Language of preference - household interview | ADM | 23 |
ADM_MOI | Month of interview | ADM | 19 |
ADM_N09 | Interview by telephone or in person | ADM | 20 |
ADM_N10 | Respondent alone during interview | ADM | 20 |
ADM_N11 | Answers affected by presence of another person | ADM | 21 |
ADM_N12 | Language of interview | ADM | 22 |
ADM_PRX | Health Component completed by proxy | ADM | 18 |
ADM_STA | Response status after processing | ADM | 17 |
ADM_YOI | Year of interview | ADM | 18 |
ALC_1 | Drank alcohol in past 12 months | ALC | 255 |
ALC_2 | Frequency of drinking alcohol | ALC | 256 |
ALC_3 | Frequency of having 5 or more drinks | ALC | 257 |
ALCDTTM | Type of drinker (12 months) - (D) | ALC | 257 |
CCC_031 | Has asthma | CCC | 50 |
CCC_035 | Asthma - had symptoms or attacks | CCC | 51 |
CCC_036 | Asthma - took medication | CCC | 51 |
CCC_051 | Has arthritis | CCC | 52 |
CCC_061 | Has back problems excluding fibromyalgia and arthritis | CCC | 52 |
CCC_071 | Has high blood pressure | CCC | 53 |
CCC_072 | Ever diagnosed with high blood pressure | CCC | 53 |
CCC_073 | Medication - high blood pressure - past month | CCC | 54 |
CCC_073A | Pregnant when first diagnosed with high blood pressure | CCC | 54 |
CCC_073B | Other than during pregnancy - diagram with high blood pressure | CCC | 55 |
CCC_081 | Has migraine headaches | CCC | 55 |
CCC_091 | Has a COPD | CCC | 56 |
CCC_101 | Has diabetes | CCC | 56 |
CCC_102 | Diabetes - age first diagnosed | CCC | 57 |
CCC_105 | Diabetes - currently takes insulin | CCC | 59 |
CCC_106 | Diabetes - takes pills to control blood sugar | CCC | 59 |
CCC_10A | Diabetes diagnosed - when pregnant | CCC | 57 |
CCC_10B | Diabetes diagnosed - other than when pregnant | CCC | 58 |
CCC_10C | Diabetes diagnosed - when started with insulin | CCC | 58 |
CCC_121 | Has heart disease | CCC | 60 |
CCC_131 | Has cancer | CCC | 60 |
CCC_141 | Has stomach or intestinal ulcers | CCC | 61 |
CCC_151 | Suffers from the effects of a stroke | CCC | 62 |
CCC_161 | Has urinary incontinence | CCC | 62 |
CCC_171 | Has a bowel disorder / Crohn's Disease or colitis | CCC | 63 |
CCC_17A | Type of bowel disease | CCC | 63 |
CCC_181 | Has Alzheimer's disease or other dementia | CCC | 64 |
CCC_280 | Has a mood disorder | CCC | 64 |
CCC_290 | Has an anxiety disorder | CCC | 65 |
CCC_31A | Ever had cancer | CCC | 61 |
CCCDDIA | Diabetes type | CCC | 65 |
CHP_01 | Overnight patient | CHP | 94 |
CHP_02 | Number of nights as patient | CHP | 94 |
CHP_03 | Consulted with family doctor/general practitioner | CHP | 95 |
CHP_04 | Number of consultations - family doctor/general practitioner | CHP | 95 |
CHP_05 | Where the most recent contact took place | CHP | 96 |
CHP_06 | Consulted with eye specialist | CHP | 97 |
CHP_07 | Number of consultations - eye specialist | CHP | 97 |
CHP_08 | Consulted with other medical doctor | CHP | 98 |
CHP_09 | Number of consultations - other medical doctor | CHP | 98 |
CHP_10 | Where the most recent contact took place | CHP | 99 |
CHP_11 | Consulted with nurse | CHP | 100 |
CHP_12 | Number of consultations - nurse | CHP | 100 |
CHP_13 | Where the most recent contact took place | CHP | 101 |
CHP_14 | Consulted with dentist or orthodontist | CHP | 102 |
CHP_15 | Number of consultations - dentist or orthodontist | HCU | 102 |
CHP_16 | Consulted with chiropractor | CHP | 103 |
CHP_17 | Number of consultations - chiropractor | CHP | 103 |
CHP_18 | Consulted with physiotherapist | CHP | 104 |
CHP_19 | Number of consultations - physiotherapist | CHP | 104 |
CHP_20 | Consulted with psychologist | CHP | 105 |
CHP_21 | Number of consultations - psychologist | CHP | 105 |
CHP_22 | Consulted with social worker or counsellor | CHP | 106 |
CHP_23 | Number of consultations - social worker or counsellor | CHP | 106 |
CHP_24 | Consulted with speech/audiology/occupation therapist | CHP | 107 |
CHP_25 | Number of consultations - speech/audiology/occupation therapist | CHP | 107 |
CHPDMDC | Number of consultations with medical doctor - (D) | HCU | 108 |
CHPFCOP | Consultations with health professionals - (F) | HCU | 108 |
DHH_AGE | Age | DHH | 23 |
DHH_DOB | Day of birth | DHH | 25 |
DHH_MOB | Month of birth | DHH | 24 |
DHH_MS | Marital Status | DHH | 26 |
DHH_OWN | Dwelling - owned by a member of household | DWL | 336 |
DHH_SEX | Sex | DHH | 25 |
DHH_YOB | Year of birth | DHH | 24 |
DHHD611 | Number of persons 6 to 11 years old in household - (D) | DHH | 28 |
DHHDECF | Household type - (D) | DHH | 30 |
DHHDHSZ | Household size - (D) | DHH | 31 |
DHHDL12 | Number of persons less than 12 years old in household - (D) | DHH | 28 |
DHHDL18 | Number of Persons in Household Less Than 18 Years of Age | DHH | 28 |
DHHDLE5 | Number of persons 5 years old or less in household - (D) | DHH | 27 |
DHHDLVG | Living arrangement of selected respondent - (D) | DHH | 29 |
DHHDOKD | Number of dependents 16 or 17 years old in household - (D) | DHH | 27 |
DHHDSAGE | Age of spouse | DHH | 26 |
DHHDYKD | Number of persons 15 years old or less in household - (D) | DHH | 27 |
DOADL | Activities of daily living - Inclusion Flag - (F) | ADL | 114 |
DOHUI | Health utility index - Inclusion Flag - (F) | HUI | 65 |
DOINJ | Injuries - Inclusion Flag - (F) | INJ | 202 |
DOSXB | Sexual behaviours - Inclusion Flag - (F) | SXB | 268 |
DOUPE | Use of protective equipment - Inclusion Flag - (F) | UPE | 191 |
EDU_1 | Highest grade of elementary or high school completed | EDU | 348 |
EDU_2 | Graduated from high school (2ndary school) | EDU | 348 |
EDU_3 | Received any other education | EDU | 349 |
EDU_4 | Highest degree, certificate or diploma obtained | EDU | 350 |
EDUDH04 | Highest level of education û household, 4 levels - (D) | EDU | 351 |
EDUDH10 | Highest level of education - household, 10 levels - (D) | EDU | 352 |
EDUDR04 | Highest level of education - respondent, 4 levels - (D) | EDU | 353 |
EDUDR10 | Highest level of education - respondent, 10 levels - (D) | EDU | 354 |
ETS_10 | Someone smokes inside home | ETS | 250 |
ETS_11 | Number of people who smoke inside home | ETS | 250 |
ETS_20 | Exposed to second-hand smoke in private vehicle | ETS | 251 |
ETS_20B | Exposed to second-hand smoke in public places | ETS | 251 |
ETS_35 | Smoking allowed - House | ETS | 252 |
ETS_36 | Smoking restrictions | ETS | 252 |
ETS_37A | Type of restrictions -certain rooms only | ETS | 253 |
ETS_37B | Type of restrictions - young children | ETS | 253 |
ETS_37C | Type of restrictions - windows open | ETS | 254 |
ETS_37D | Type of restrictions - Other | ETS | 254 |
FLU_160 | Ever had a flu shot | FLU | 118 |
FLU_162 | Had flu shot - last time | FLU | 118 |
FLU_164 | Had flu shot - which month | FLU | 119 |
FLU_165 | Had flu shot - current/last year | FLU | 120 |
FLU_66A | No flu shot - have not gotten around to it | FLU | 120 |
FLU_66B | No flu shot - respondent didn't think it was necessary | FLU | 121 |
FLU_66C | No flu shot - doctor didn't think it was necessary | FLU | 121 |
FLU_66D | No flu shot - personal or family responsibilities | FLU | 122 |
FLU_66E | No flu shot - not available at time required | FLU | 122 |
FLU_66F | No flu shot - not available at all in area | FLU | 123 |
FLU_66G | No flu shot - waiting time was too long | FLU | 123 |
FLU_66H | No flu shot - transportation problems | FLU | 124 |
FLU_66I | No flu shot - language problem | FLU | 124 |
FLU_66J | No flu shot - cost | FLU | 125 |
FLU_66K | No flu shot - did not know where to go | FLU | 125 |
FLU_66L | No flu shot - fear | FLU | 126 |
FLU_66M | No flu shot - bad reaction to previous shot | FLU | 126 |
FLU_66N | No flu shot - other | FLU | 127 |
FLU_66O | No flu shot - unable to leave house / health problem | FLU | 127 |
FVC_1A | Drinks fruit juices - reporting unit | FVC | 128 |
FVC_1B | Drinks fruit juices - number of times per day | FVC | 128 |
FVC_1C | Drinks fruit juices - number of times per week | FVC | 129 |
FVC_1D | Drinks fruit juices - number of times per month | FVC | 129 |
FVC_1E | Drinks fruit juices - number of times per year | FVC | 130 |
FVC_2A | Eats fruit - reporting unit | FVC | 130 |
FVC_2B | Eats fruit - number of times per day | FVC | 131 |
FVC_2C | Eats fruit - number of times per week | FVC | 131 |
FVC_2D | Eats fruit - number of times per month | FVC | 132 |
FVC_2E | Eats fruit - number of times per year | FVC | 132 |
FVC_3A | Eats green salad - reporting unit | FVC | 133 |
FVC_3B | Eats green salad - number of times per day | FVC | 133 |
FVC_3C | Eats green salad - number of times per week | FVC | 134 |
FVC_3D | Eats green salad - number of times per month | FVC | 134 |
FVC_3E | Eats green salad - number of times per year | FVC | 135 |
FVC_4A | Eats potatoes - reporting unit | FVC | 135 |
FVC_4B | Eats potatoes - number of times per day | FVC | 136 |
FVC_4C | Eats potatoes - number of times per week | FVC | 136 |
FVC_4D | Eats potatoes - number of times per month | FVC | 137 |
FVC_4E | Eats potatoes - number of times per year | FVC | 137 |
FVC_5A | Eats carrots - reporting unit | FVC | 138 |
FVC_5B | Eats carrots - number of times per day | FVC | 138 |
FVC_5C | Eats carrots - number of times per week | FVC | 139 |
FVC_5D | Eats carrots - number of times per month | FVC | 139 |
FVC_5E | Eats carrots - number of times per year | FVC | 140 |
FVC_6A | Eats other vegetables - reporting unit | FVC | 140 |
FVC_6B | Eats other vegetables - number of servings per day | FVC | 141 |
FVC_6C | Eats other vegetables - number of servings per week | FVC | 141 |
FVC_6D | Eats other vegetables - number of servings per month | FVC | 142 |
FVC_6E | Eats other vegetables - number of servings per year | FVC | 142 |
FVCDCAR | Daily consumption - carrots - (D) | FVC | 145 |
FVCDFRU | Daily consumption - fruit - (D) | FVC | 143 |
FVCDJUI | Daily consumption - fruit juice - (D) | FVC | 143 |
FVCDPOT | Daily consumption - potatoes - (D) | FVC | 144 |
FVCDSAL | Daily consumption - green salad - (D) | FVC | 144 |
FVCDTOT | Daily consumption - total fruits and vegetables - (D) | FVC | 146 |
FVCDVEG | Daily consumption - other vegetables - (D) | FVC | 145 |
FVCGTOT | Daily consumption - total fruits and vegetables - (D, G) | FVC | 146 |
GEN_01 | Self-perceived health | GEN | 31 |
GEN_02 | Self-perceived health compared to one year ago | GEN | 32 |
GEN_02A2 | Satisfaction with life in general | GEN | 33 |
GEN_02B | Self-perceived mental health | GEN | 34 |
GEN_07 | Perceived life stress | GEN | 35 |
GEN_08 | Worked at job or business | GEN | 35 |
GEN_09 | Self-perceived work stress | GEN | 36 |
GEN_10 | Sense of belonging to local community | GEN | 37 |
GENDHDI | Perceived Health | GEN | 37 |
GENDMHI | Perceived Mental Health | GEN | 38 |
GENGSWL | Satisfaction with life in general | GEN | 38 |
GEO_PRV | Province of residence of respondent | GEO | 2 |
GEODCD | Census Division - (D) | GEO | 10 |
GEODCMA6 | 2006 Census Metropolitan Area (CMA) - (D) | GEO | 12 |
GEODCSD | Census Sub-Division - (D) | GEO | 10 |
GEODDA06 | 2006 Census Dissemination Area - (D) | GEO | 9 |
GEODDHA | Nova Scotia District Health Authority (DHA) | GEO | 8 |
GEODFED | Federal Electoral District - (D) | GEO | 10 |
GEODHR4 | Health Region of residence of respondent - (D) | GEO | 3 |
GEODLHA | British Columbia Local Health Authority (LHA) - (D) | GEO | 8 |
GEODLHN | Local Health Integrated Networks (LHIN) - Ontario - (D) | GEO | 9 |
GEODPC | Postal code - (D) | GEO | 2 |
GEODPG09 | Health Region Peer Group - (D) | GEO | 13 |
GEODPSZ | Population size group - (D) | GEO | 15 |
GEODSAT | Statistical area classification type - (D) | GEO | 11 |
GEODSHR | Sub-Health Region (QuÚbec only) - (D) | GEO | 7 |
GEODUR | Urban and Rural Areas | GEO | 14 |
GEODUR2 | Urban and Rural Areas - 2 levels - (D) | GEO | 14 |
HCU_1A1 | Has a usual place to go when sick/needs health advice | HCU | 91 |
HCU_1A2 | Kind of place | HCU | 92 |
HCU_1AA | Has regular medical doctor | HCU | 88 |
HCU_1AC | Language spoken to doctor | HCU | 93 |
HCU_1BA | Reason has no regular doctor - no one available in area | HCU | 88 |
HCU_1BB | Reason has no regular doctor - none taking new patients | HCU | 89 |
HCU_1BC | Reason has no regular doctor - not tried to contact one | HCU | 89 |
HCU_1BD | Reason has no regular doctor - has left or retired | HCU | 90 |
HCU_1BE | Reason has no regular doctor - other | HCU | 90 |
HUI_01 | Vision - read newsprint without glasses / contacts | HUI | 66 |
HUI_02 | Vision - read newsprint with glasses / contacts | HUI | 66 |
HUI_03 | Vision - able to see | HUI | 67 |
HUI_04 | Vision - recognize a friend without glasses / contacts | HUI | 67 |
HUI_05 | Vision - recognize a friend with glasses / contacts | HUI | 68 |
HUI_06 | Hearing - in group without hearing aid | HUI | 68 |
HUI_07 | Hearing - in group with hearing aid | HUI | 69 |
HUI_07A | Hearing - able to hear | HUI | 69 |
HUI_08 | Hearing - in quiet room without hearing aid | HUI | 70 |
HUI_09 | Hearing - in quiet room with hearing aid | HUI | 70 |
HUI_10 | Speech - completely understood by strangers | HUI | 71 |
HUI_11 | Speech - partially understood by strangers | HUI | 71 |
HUI_12 | Speech - completely understood by non-strangers | HUI | 72 |
HUI_13 | Speech - partially understood by non-strangers | HUI | 72 |
HUI_14 | Mobility - walk without difficulty and without support | HUI | 73 |
HUI_15 | Mobility - able to walk | HUI | 73 |
HUI_16 | Mobility - requires support to walk | HUI | 74 |
HUI_17 | Mobility - requires help of person to walk | HUI | 74 |
HUI_18 | Mobility - requires a wheelchair | HUI | 75 |
HUI_19 | Mobility - frequency of wheelchair use | HUI | 75 |
HUI_20 | Mobility - requires help to move in wheelchair | HUI | 76 |
HUI_21 | Dexterity - able to grasp and handle small objects | HUI | 76 |
HUI_22 | Dexterity - requires help due to limitation in hands | HUI | 77 |
HUI_23 | Dexterity - requires help with tasks | HUI | 77 |
HUI_24 | Dexterity - requires special equipment / hand limitation | HUI | 78 |
HUI_25 | Emotion - self evaluation | HUI | 78 |
HUI_26 | Cognition - ability to remember things | HUI | 79 |
HUI_27 | Cognition - ability to think and solve problems | HUI | 80 |
HUIDCOG | Cognition problems - function code - (D) | HUI | 85 |
HUIDDEX | Dexterity (function code) - (D) | HUI | 84 |
HUIDEMO | Emotion (function code) - (D) | HUI | 84 |
HUIDHER | Hearing (function code) - (D) | HUI | 82 |
HUIDHSI | Health utilities index - (D) | HUI | 85 |
HUIDMOB | Ambulation (mobility) (function code) - (D) | HUI | 83 |
HUIDSPE | Speech (function code) - (D) | HUI | 82 |
HUIDVIS | Vision (function code) - (D) | HUI | 81 |
HUP_01 | Usually free of pain or discomfort | HUP | 86 |
HUP_02 | Pain and discomfort - usual intensity | HUP | 86 |
HUP_03 | Pain and discomfort - number of activities prevented | HUP | 87 |
HUPDPAD | Pain (function code) - (D) | HUI | 87 |
HWT_2 | Height / self-reported | HWT | 39 |
HWT_2A | Height - exact height from 1'0" to 1'11" / self-reported | HWT | 40 |
HWT_2B | Height - exact height from 2'0" to 2'11" / self-reported | HWT | 40 |
HWT_2C | Height - exact height from 3'0" to 3'11" / self-reported | HWT | 41 |
HWT_2D | Height - exact height from 4'0" to 4'11" / self-reported | HWT | 42 |
HWT_2E | Height - exact height from 5'0" to 5'11" / self-reported | HWT | 43 |
HWT_2F | Height - exact height from 6'0" to 6'11" / self-reported | HWT | 44 |
HWT_3 | Weight / self-reported | HWT | 45 |
HWT_4 | Respondent's opinion of own weight - self-reported | HWT | 46 |
HWT_N4 | Weight - unit of measure in pounds/kilograms / self-reported | HWT | 45 |
HWTDBMI | Body Mass Index (BMI) / self-report - (D) | HWT | 49 |
HWTDCOL | BMI classification (12 to 17) / self-report - Cole system - (D) | HWT | 50 |
HWTDHTM | Height (metres) / self-reported - (D) | HWT | 47 |
HWTDISW | BMI classification (18 +) / self-report - Internet standard - (D) | HWT | 49 |
HWTDWTK | Weight (kilograms) / self-reported - (D) | HWT | 48 |
INC_1A | Source of household income - wages and salaries | INC | 366 |
INC_1B | Source of household income - self-employment | INC | 366 |
INC_1C | Source of household income - dividends and interest | INC | 367 |
INC_1D | Source of household income - employment insurance | INC | 367 |
INC_1E | Source of household income - worker's compensation | INC | 368 |
INC_1F | Source of hh income - benefits from Canada / Quebec Pension Plan | INC | 368 |
INC_1G | Srce of hh income - pensions, superannual and annuities | INC | 369 |
INC_1H | Source of household income - Old Age Security / G.I.S. | INC | 370 |
INC_1I | Source of household income - child tax benefit | INC | 371 |
INC_1J | Source of household income - social assistance / welfare | INC | 370 |
INC_1K | Source of household income - child support | INC | 371 |
INC_1L | Source of household income - alimony | INC | 372 |
INC_1M | Source of household income - other | INC | 372 |
INC_1N | Source of household income - none | INC | 373 |
INC_1O | Source of household income - RRSP/RRIF | INC | 369 |
INC_2 | Total household income - main source | INC | 374 |
INC_3 | Total household income - best estimate | INC | 375 |
INC_5A | Total household income - Ranges | INC | 375 |
INC_5B | Household income - Range 1 | INC | 376 |
INC_5C | Household income - Range 2 | INC | 377 |
INC_6A | Sources personal income: Wages and salaries | INC | 378 |
INC_6B | Sources personal income: Income from self-employment | INC | 378 |
INC_6C | Sources personal income: Dividends and interest | INC | 379 |
INC_6D | Sources personal income: Employment insurance | INC | 379 |
INC_6E | Sources personal income: Worker's compensation | INC | 380 |
INC_6F | Sources personal income: Canada or Quebec Pension Plan | INC | 380 |
INC_6G | Sources personal income: Job related retirement pensions | INC | 381 |
INC_6H | Sources personal income: RRSP/RRIF | INC | 381 |
INC_6I | Sources personal income: Old Age Security and Guaranteed Inc | INC | 382 |
INC_6J | Sources personal income: social assistance or welfare | INC | 383 |
INC_6K | Sources personal income: Child tax benefits | INC | 382 |
INC_6L | Sources personal income: Child support | INC | 383 |
INC_6M | Sources personal income: Alimony | INC | 384 |
INC_6N | Sources personal income: Other | INC | 384 |
INC_6O | Sources personal income: None | INC | 385 |
INC_7 | Main source of personal income | INC | 386 |
INC_8A | Total personal income | INC | 387 |
INC_8B | Total personal income: Ranges | INC | 387 |
INC_8C | Total personal income: Range 1 | INC | 388 |
INC_8D | Total personal income: Range 2 | INC | 389 |
INCDADR | Adjusted household income ratio - (D) | INC | 392 |
INCDHH | Total household income from all sources - (D) | INC | 390 |
INCDPER | Total personal income from all sources - (D) | INC | 391 |
INCDRCA | Household income distribution - (D) | INC | 392 |
INCDRPR | Household income distribution - provincial level - (D) | INC | 393 |
INCDRRS | Household income distribution - health region level - (D) | INC | 394 |
INJ_01 | Injured in past 12 months | INJ | 210 |
INJ_02 | Number of injuries in past 12 months | INJ | 210 |
INJ_03 | Most serious injury - month of occurrence | INJ | 211 |
INJ_04 | Most serious injury - year of occurrence | INJ | 212 |
INJ_05 | Most serious injury - type | INJ | 213 |
INJ_06 | Most serious injury - body part affected | INJ | 214 |
INJ_07 | Internal organs - body part affected | INJ | 215 |
INJ_08 | Most serious injury - place of occurrence | INJ | 216 |
INJ_09 | Most serious injury - activity when injured | INJ | 217 |
INJ_10 | Most serious injury - result of a fall | INJ | 222 |
INJ_11A | How did you fall | INJ | 223 |
INJ_12 | Most serious injury - cause | INJ | 224 |
INJ_12A | Time of injury | INJ | 225 |
INJ_13 | Most serious injury - received treatment within 48 hours | INJ | 225 |
INJ_14A | Treated doctorÆs office | INJ | 226 |
INJ_14B | Treated emergency room | INJ | 226 |
INJ_14C | Treated hospital outpatient | INJ | 227 |
INJ_14F | Treated chiropractor | INJ | 228 |
INJ_14K | Treated - Other | INJ | 230 |
INJ_14L | Treated other clinic | INJ | 227 |
INJ_14M | Treated physio/massage therapy | INJ | 228 |
INJ_14N | Treated community health centre | INJ | 229 |
INJ_14O | Treated where injury happened | INJ | 229 |
INJ_15 | Most serious injury - admitted to hospital | INJ | 230 |
INJ_15A | Follow-up care because of injury | INJ | 231 |
INJ_16 | Other injuries - treated but did not limit normal activities | INJ | 231 |
INJ_17 | Other injuries - number | INJ | 232 |
INJDCAU | Cause of injury - (D) | INJ | 233 |
INJDCBP | Cause of injury by place of occurrence - (D) | INJ | 234 |
INJDSTT | Injury Status - (D) | INJ | 234 |
INJDTBS | Type of injury by body site - (D) | INJ | 232 |
INW_01 | Injury occured in current job | INW | 218 |
INWCSIC | North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) 2007 | LBS | 218 |
INWCSOC | National Occupation Classification for Statistics (NOC-S) 2006 | LBS | 219 |
INWDING | Industry group - (D) | LBS | 221 |
INWDOCG | Occupation group (SOC) where injury occurred | LBS | 220 |
INWF02 | Response entered - kind of business - (F) | INW | 218 |
INWF03 | Response entered - kind of work - (F) | INW | 218 |
INWF03S | Response entered - other - kind of work - (F) | INW | 219 |
INWF04 | Response entered - most important duties at work - (F) | INW | 219 |
LBS_01 | Worked at job or business last week | LBS | 355 |
LBS_02 | Absent from job or business last week | LBS | 355 |
LBS_03 | Had more than one job or business last week | LBS | 356 |
LBS_11 | Looked for work in past 4 weeks | LBS | 356 |
LBS_31 | Employee or self-employed | LBS | 357 |
LBS_42 | Usual number of hours worked - current main job | LBS | 361 |
LBS_53 | Usual number of hours worked - current other job | LBS | 361 |
LBSCSIC | North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) 2007 | LBS | 359 |
LBSCSOC | National Occupation Classification for Statistics (NOC-S) 2006 | LBS | 359 |
LBSDHPW | Total usual hours worked - current jobs - (D) | LBS | 362 |
LBSDING | Industry group - (D) | LBS | 364 |
LBSDOCG | Occupation group - (D) | LBS | 365 |
LBSDPFT | Current - full-time / part-time status - (D) | LBS | 362 |
LBSDWSS | Working status last week - 4 groups - (D) | LBS | 363 |
LBSF32 | Response entered-name of business (self-employed) - (F) | LBF | 357 |
LBSF33 | Response entered - whom you work for - (F) | LBF | 358 |
LBSF34 | Response entered - kind of business - (F) | LBF | 358 |
LBSF35 | Response entered - kind of work - (F) | LBF | 359 |
LBSF35S | Response entered - other - kind of work - (F) | INW | 360 |
LBSF36 | Response entered - most important duties at work - (F) | LBF | 360 |
MAM_037 | Currently pregnant | HWT | 39 |
MEX_01 | Has given birth in the past 5 years | MEX | 258 |
MEX_01A | Year of birth of last baby | MEX | 258 |
MEX_02 | Took folic acid - before last pregnancy | MEX | 259 |
MEX_03 | Breastfed or tried to breastfeed last child | MEX | 259 |
MEX_04 | Main reason did not breastfeed last child | MEX | 260 |
MEX_05 | Still breastfeeding last child | MEX | 261 |
MEX_06 | Duration of breastfeeding last child | MEX | 262 |
MEX_07 | Age of last baby - other foods added | MEX | 263 |
MEX_08 | Main reason - other foods added | MEX | 264 |
MEX_09 | Gave vitamin D - when breast milk only | MEX | 265 |
MEX_10 | Main reason why stopped breastfeeding | MEX | 266 |
MEXDEBF | Duration of exclusive breastfeeding - (D) | MEX | 267 |
MEXFEB6 | Exclusively breastfed for at least 6 months - (F) | MEX | 268 |
PAC_1A | Activity / last 3 months - walking | PAC | 147 |
PAC_1B | Activity / last 3 months - gardening or yard work | PAC | 147 |
PAC_1C | Activity / last 3 months - swimming | PAC | 148 |
PAC_1D | Activity / last 3 months - bicycling | PAC | 148 |
PAC_1E | Activity / last 3 months - popular or social dance | PAC | 149 |
PAC_1F | Activity / last 3 months - home exercises | PAC | 149 |
PAC_1G | Activity / last 3 months - ice hockey | PAC | 150 |
PAC_1H | Activity / last 3 months - ice skating | PAC | 150 |
PAC_1I | Activity / last 3 months - in-line skating or rollerblading | PAC | 151 |
PAC_1J | Activity / last 3 months - jogging or running | PAC | 151 |
PAC_1K | Activity / last 3 months - golfing | PAC | 152 |
PAC_1L | Activity / last 3 months - exercise class or aerobics | PAC | 152 |
PAC_1M | Activity / last 3 months - downhill skiing or snowboarding | PAC | 153 |
PAC_1N | Activity / last 3 months - bowling | PAC | 153 |
PAC_1O | Activity / last 3 months - baseball or softball | PAC | 154 |
PAC_1P | Activity / last 3 months - tennis | PAC | 154 |
PAC_1Q | Activity / last 3 months - weight-training | PAC | 155 |
PAC_1R | Activity / last 3 months - fishing | PAC | 155 |
PAC_1S | Activity / last 3 months - volleyball | PAC | 156 |
PAC_1T | Activity / last 3 months - basketball | PAC | 156 |
PAC_1U | Activity / last 3 months - Any other | PAC | 157 |
PAC_1V | Activity / last 3 months - No physical activity | PAC | 158 |
PAC_1W | Activity / last 3 months - other (#2) | PAC | 158 |
PAC_1X | Activity / last 3 months - other (#3) | PAC | 159 |
PAC_1Z | Activity / last 3 months - Soccer | PAC | 157 |
PAC_2A | Number of times / 3 months - walking for exercise | PAC | 159 |
PAC_2B | Number of times / 3 months - gardening/yard work | PAC | 160 |
PAC_2C | Number of times / 3 months - swimming | PAC | 161 |
PAC_2D | Number of times / 3 months - bicycling | PAC | 162 |
PAC_2E | Number of times / 3 months - popular or social dance | PAC | 163 |
PAC_2F | Number of times / 3 months - home exercises | PAC | 164 |
PAC_2G | Number of times / 3 months - ice hockey | PAC | 165 |
PAC_2H | Number of times / 3 months - ice skating | PAC | 166 |
PAC_2I | Number of times / 3 months- in-line skating or rollerblading | PAC | 167 |
PAC_2J | Number of times / 3 months - jogging or running | PAC | 168 |
PAC_2K | Number of times / 3 months - golfing | PAC | 169 |
PAC_2L | Number of times / 3 months - exercise class or aerobics | PAC | 170 |
PAC_2M | Number of times / 3 months - downhill skiing or snowboarding | PAC | 171 |
PAC_2N | Number of times / 3 months - bowling | PAC | 172 |
PAC_2O | Number of times / 3 months - baseball or softball | PAC | 173 |
PAC_2P | Number of times / 3 months - tennis | PAC | 174 |
PAC_2Q | Number of times / 3 months - weight-training | PAC | 175 |
PAC_2R | Number of times / 3 months - fishing | PAC | 176 |
PAC_2S | Number of times / 3 months - volleyball | PAC | 177 |
PAC_2T | Number of times / 3 months - basketball | PAC | 178 |
PAC_2U | Number of times / 3 months - other activity (#1) | PAC | 180 |
PAC_2W | Number of times / 3 months - other activity (#2) | PAC | 181 |
PAC_2X | Number of times - other activity (#3) | PAC | 182 |
PAC_2Z | Number of times / 3 months - soccer | PAC | 179 |
PAC_3A | Time spent - walking for exercise | PAC | 160 |
PAC_3B | Time spent - gardening or yard work | PAC | 161 |
PAC_3C | Time spent - swimming | PAC | 162 |
PAC_3D | Time spent - bicycling | PAC | 163 |
PAC_3E | Time spent - popular or social dance | PAC | 164 |
PAC_3F | Time spent - home exercises | PAC | 165 |
PAC_3G | Time spent - ice hockey | PAC | 166 |
PAC_3H | Time spent - ice skating | PAC | 167 |
PAC_3I | Time spent - in-line skating or rollerblading | PAC | 168 |
PAC_3J | Time spent - jogging or running | PAC | 169 |
PAC_3K | Time spent - golfing | PAC | 170 |
PAC_3L | Time spent - exercise class or aerobics | PAC | 171 |
PAC_3M | Time spent - downhill skiing or snowboarding | PAC | 172 |
PAC_3N | Time spent - bowling | PAC | 173 |
PAC_3O | Time spent - baseball or softball | PAC | 174 |
PAC_3P | Time spent - tennis | PAC | 175 |
PAC_3Q | Time spent - weight-training | PAC | 176 |
PAC_3R | Time spent - fishing | PAC | 177 |
PAC_3S | Time spent - volleyball | PAC | 178 |
PAC_3T | Time spent - basketball | PAC | 179 |
PAC_3U | Time spent - other activity (#1) | PAC | 181 |
PAC_3W | Time spent - other activity (#2) | PAC | 182 |
PAC_3X | Time spent - other activity (#3) | PAC | 183 |
PAC_3Z | Time spent - soccer | PAC | 180 |
PAC_7 | Walked to work or school / last 3 months | PAC | 183 |
PAC_7A | Number of times / 3 months - walking to go work or school | PAC | 184 |
PAC_7B | Time spent - walking to go work or school | PAC | 184 |
PAC_8 | Bicycled to work or school / last 3 months | PAC | 185 |
PAC_8A | Number of times / 3 months - bicycling to go work or school | PAC | 185 |
PAC_8B | Time spent - bicycling to go work or school | PAC | 186 |
PACDEE | Daily energy expenditure - Leisure physical activities - (D) | PAC | 186 |
PACDFM | Monthly frequency - Leisure physical activity lasting >15 minute - (D) | PAC | 187 |
PACDFR | Frequency of all leisure physical activity > 15 minute - (D) | PAC | 188 |
PACDLTI | Leisure and transportation physical activity index - (D) | PAC | 189 |
PACDPAI | Leisure physical activity index - (D) | PAC | 189 |
PACDTLE | Daily ener. expend. - Transportation and leisure physical activity - (D) | PAC | 190 |
PACFD | Participant in daily leisure physical activity > 15 minute - (F) | PAC | 188 |
PACFLEI | Participant in leisure physical activity - (F) | PAC | 187 |
PACFLTI | Participant in leisure or transportation physical activity - (F) | PAC | 190 |
PERSONID | Person identifier of respondent selected - health interview | DHH | 1 |
RAC_1 | Has dificulty with activities | RAC | 109 |
RAC_2A | Reduction in kind/amount of activities - at home | RAC | 109 |
RAC_2B1 | Reduction in kind/amount of activities - at school | RAC | 110 |
RAC_2B2 | Reduction in kind/amount of activities - at work | RAC | 111 |
RAC_2C | Reduction in kind/amount of activities - other activities | RAC | 111 |
RAC_5 | Cause of health problem | RAC | 112 |
RACDIMP | Impact of health problems - (D) | RAC | 113 |
RACDPAL | Participation and activity limitation - (D) | RAC | 113 |
REFPER | Reference period | SAM | 1 |
REP_1A | Repetitive strain injury | INJ | 202 |
REP_2 | Limit your normal activities | INJ | 203 |
REP_3 | Repetitive strain - body part affected | INJ | 204 |
REP_3A | Repetitive strain- activity causing injury | INJ | 205 |
REP_4 | Repetitive strain- working at a job or business | INJ | 205 |
REP_5A | Activity - Walking | INJ | 206 |
REP_5B | Activity - Sports | INJ | 206 |
REP_5C | Activity - Leisure | INJ | 207 |
REP_5D | Activity - Household chores | INJ | 207 |
REP_5F | Activity - Computer | INJ | 208 |
REP_5G | Activity - Driving a motor vehicle | INJ | 208 |
REP_5H | Activity - Lifting or carrying | INJ | 209 |
REP_5I | Activity - Other | INJ | 209 |
SAM_CP | Sampled collection period | SAM | 15 |
SAM_TYP | Sample type | SAM | 16 |
SAMDLNK | Permission to link data - (D) | SAM | 17 |
SAMDSHR | Permission to share data - (D) | SAM | 16 |
SAMPLEID | Household identifier | SAM | 1 |
SDC_1 | Country of birth | SDC | 281 |
SDC_2 | Canadian citizen by birth | SDC | 282 |
SDC_3 | Year of immigration to Canada | SDC | 282 |
SDC_41 | Aboriginal - North American Indian, MÚtis, Inuit | SDC | 293 |
SDC_42A | Aboriginal person(s) - North American Indian | SDC | 294 |
SDC_42B | Aboriginal person(s) - MÚtis | SDC | 294 |
SDC_42C | Aboriginal person(s) - Inuit | SDC | 295 |
SDC_43A | Cultural / racial origin - White | SDC | 295 |
SDC_43B | Cultural/racial origin - Chinese | SDC | 296 |
SDC_43C | Cultural/racial origin - South Asian | SDC | 296 |
SDC_43D | Cultural/racial origin - Black | SDC | 297 |
SDC_43E | Cultural/racial origin - Filipino | SDC | 297 |
SDC_43F | Cultural/racial origin - Latin American | SDC | 298 |
SDC_43G | Cultural/racial origin - South East Asian | SDC | 298 |
SDC_43H | Cultural/racial origin - Arab | SDC | 299 |
SDC_43I | Cultural/racial origin - West Asian | SDC | 299 |
SDC_43J | Cultural/racial origin - Japanese | SDC | 300 |
SDC_43K | Ethnic origin - Korean | SDC | 300 |
SDC_43M | Cultural/racial origin - other | SDC | 301 |
SDC_4A | Ethnic origin - Canadian | SDC | 283 |
SDC_4B | Ethnic origin - French | SDC | 283 |
SDC_4C | Ethnic origin - English | SDC | 284 |
SDC_4D | Ethnic origin - German | SDC | 284 |
SDC_4E | Ethnic origin - Scottish | SDC | 285 |
SDC_4F | Ethnic origin - Irish | SDC | 285 |
SDC_4G | Ethnic origin - Italian | SDC | 286 |
SDC_4H | Ethnic origin - Ukrainian | SDC | 286 |
SDC_4I | Ethnic origin - Dutch (Netherlands) | SDC | 287 |
SDC_4J | Ethnic origin - Chinese | SDC | 287 |
SDC_4K | Ethnic origin - Jewish | SDC | 288 |
SDC_4L | Ethnic origin - Polish | SDC | 288 |
SDC_4M | Ethnic origin - Portuguese | SDC | 289 |
SDC_4N | Ethnic origin - South Asian | SDC | 289 |
SDC_4P | Ethnic origin - Norwegian | SDC | 291 |
SDC_4Q | Ethnic origin - Welsh | SDC | 292 |
SDC_4R | Ethnic origin - Swedish | SDC | 292 |
SDC_4S | Ethnic origin - other | SDC | 293 |
SDC_4T | Ethnic origin - North American Indian | SDC | 290 |
SDC_4U | Ethnic origin - MÚtis | SDC | 290 |
SDC_4V | Ethnic origin - Inuit | SDC | 291 |
SDC_5A | Can converse - English | SDC | 301 |
SDC_5AA | Language spoken most often at home - English | SDC | 313 |
SDC_5AB | Language spoken most often at home - French | SDC | 313 |
SDC_5AC | Language spoken most often at home - Arabic | SDC | 314 |
SDC_5AD | Language spoken most often at home - Chinese | SDC | 314 |
SDC_5AE | Language spoken most often at home - Cree | SDC | 315 |
SDC_5AF | Language spoken most often at home - German | SDC | 315 |
SDC_5AG | Language spoken most often at home - Greek | SDC | 316 |
SDC_5AH | Language spoken most often at home - Hungarian | SDC | 316 |
SDC_5AI | Language spoken most often at home - Italian | SDC | 317 |
SDC_5AJ | Language spoken most often at home - Korean | SDC | 317 |
SDC_5AK | Language spoken most often at home - Persian (Farsi) | SDC | 318 |
SDC_5AL | Language spoken most often at home - Polish | SDC | 318 |
SDC_5AM | Language spoken most often at home - Portuguese | SDC | 319 |
SDC_5AN | Language spoken most often at home - Punjabi | SDC | 319 |
SDC_5AO | Language spoken most often at home - Spanish | SDC | 320 |
SDC_5AP | Language spoken most often at home - Tagalog (Filipino) | SDC | 320 |
SDC_5AQ | Language spoken most often at home - Ukrainian | SDC | 321 |
SDC_5AR | Language spoken most often at home - Vietnamese | SDC | 321 |
SDC_5AS | Language spoken most often at home - Other | SDC | 324 |
SDC_5AT | Language spoken most often at home - Dutch | SDC | 322 |
SDC_5AU | Language spoken most often at home - Hindi | SDC | 322 |
SDC_5AV | Language spoken most often at home - Russian | SDC | 323 |
SDC_5AW | Language spoken most often at home - Tamil | SDC | 323 |
SDC_5B | Can converse - French | SDC | 302 |
SDC_5C | Can converse - Arabic | SDC | 302 |
SDC_5D | Can converse - Chinese | SDC | 303 |
SDC_5E | Can converse - Cree | SDC | 303 |
SDC_5F | Can converse - German | SDC | 304 |
SDC_5G | Can converse - Greek | SDC | 304 |
SDC_5H | Can converse - Hungarian | SDC | 305 |
SDC_5I | Can converse - Italian | SDC | 305 |
SDC_5J | Can converse - Korean | SDC | 306 |
SDC_5K | Can converse - Persian (Farsi) | SDC | 306 |
SDC_5L | Can converse - Polish | SDC | 307 |
SDC_5M | Can converse - Portuguese | SDC | 307 |
SDC_5N | Can converse - Punjabi | SDC | 308 |
SDC_5O | Can converse - Spanish | SDC | 308 |
SDC_5P | Can converse - Tagalog (Filipino) | SDC | 309 |
SDC_5Q | Can converse - Ukrainian | SDC | 309 |
SDC_5R | Can converse - Vietnamese | SDC | 310 |
SDC_5S | Can converse - other language | SDC | 312 |
SDC_5T | Can converse - Dutch | SDC | 310 |
SDC_5U | Can converse - Hindi | SDC | 311 |
SDC_5V | Can converse - Russian | SDC | 311 |
SDC_5W | Can converse - Tamil | SDC | 312 |
SDC_6A | First language learned and still understood - English | SDC | 324 |
SDC_6B | First language learned and still understood - French | SDC | 325 |
SDC_6C | First language learned and still understood - Arabic | SDC | 325 |
SDC_6D | First language learned and still understood - Chinese | SDC | 326 |
SDC_6E | First language learned and still understood - Cree | SDC | 326 |
SDC_6F | First language learned and still understood - German | SDC | 327 |
SDC_6G | First language learned and still understood - Greek | SDC | 327 |
SDC_6H | First language learned and still understood - Hungarian | SDC | 328 |
SDC_6I | First language learned and still understood - Italian | SDC | 328 |
SDC_6J | First language learned and still understood - Korean | SDC | 329 |
SDC_6K | First language learned / still understood - Persian (Farsi) | SDC | 329 |
SDC_6L | First language learned and still understood - Polish | SDC | 330 |
SDC_6M | First language learned and still understood - Portuguese | SDC | 330 |
SDC_6N | First language learned and still understood - Punjabi | SDC | 331 |
SDC_6O | First language learned and still understood - Spanish | SDC | 331 |
SDC_6P | First language learned / still understood - Tagalog (Filipino) | SDC | 332 |
SDC_6Q | First language learned and still understood - Ukrainian | SDC | 332 |
SDC_6R | First language learned and still understood - Vietnamese | SDC | 333 |
SDC_6S | First language learned and still understood - other | SDC | 335 |
SDC_6T | First language learned and still understood - Dutch | SDC | 333 |
SDC_6U | First language learned and still understood - Hindi | SDC | 334 |
SDC_6V | First language learned and still understood - Russian | SDC | 334 |
SDC_6W | First language learned and still understood - Tamil | SDC | 335 |
SDC_7AA | Considers self heterosexual, homosexual or bisexual | SDC | 336 |
SDC_8 | Current student | EDU | 350 |
SDC_9 | Full-time student or part-time student | EDU | 351 |
SDCCCB | Country of birth - (C) | SDC | 337 |
SDCDABT | Aboriginal identity - (D) | SDC | 346 |
SDCDAIM | Age at time of immigration - (D) | SDC | 343 |
SDCDCGT | Cultural / racial background - (D) | SDC | 347 |
SDCDFL1 | First official language learned and still understood - (D) | SDC | 346 |
SDCDLHM | Language(s) spoken at home - (D) | SDC | 343 |
SDCDLNG | Languages - can converse - (D) | SDC | 345 |
SDCDRES | Length of time in Canada since immigration - (D) | SDC | 344 |
SDCFIMM | Immigrant - (F) | SDC | 344 |
SDCGCB | Country of birth - (G) | SDC | 342 |
SMK_01A | Smoked 100 or more cigarettes - life | SMK | 235 |
SMK_01B | Ever smoked whole cigarette | SMK | 235 |
SMK_01C | Age - smoked first whole cigarette | SMK | 236 |
SMK_05B | Number of cigarettes smoked per day (occasional smoker) | SMK | 238 |
SMK_05C | Number of days - smoked 1 cigarette or more (occupation smoker) | SMK | 238 |
SMK_05D | Ever smoked cigarettes daily | SMK | 239 |
SMK_06A | Stopped smoking - when (was never a daily smoker) | SMK | 240 |
SMK_06B | Stopped smoking - month (never daily smoker) | SMK | 241 |
SMK_06C | Number of years since stopped smoking | SMK | 242 |
SMK_09A | Stopped smoking daily - when stopped (former daily smoker) | SMK | 243 |
SMK_09B | Stopped smoking daily - month (former daily smoker) | SMK | 244 |
SMK_09C | Number of years since stopped smoking daily (former daily smoker) | SMK | 245 |
SMK_10 | Quit smoking completely (former daily smoker) | SMK | 245 |
SMK_10A | Stopped smoking completely - when (former daily smoker) | SMK | 246 |
SMK_10B | Stopped smoking completely - month (former daily smoker) | SMK | 247 |
SMK_10C | Number of years since stopped smoking (daily) | SMK | 248 |
SMK_202 | Type of smoker | SMK | 236 |
SMK_203 | Age - started smoking daily (daily smoker) | SMK | 237 |
SMK_204 | Number of cigarettes smoked per day (daily smoker) | SMK | 237 |
SMK_207 | Age - started smoking daily (former daily smoker) | SMK | 242 |
SMK_208 | Number of cigarettes smoked per day (former daily smoker) | SMK | 243 |
SMKDSTP | Number of years since stopped smoking completely - (D) | SMK | 249 |
SMKDSTY | Type of smoker - (D) | SMK | 248 |
SMKDYCS | Number of years smoked (current daily smokers) - (D) | SMK | 249 |
SXB_07 | Ever diagnosed with STD | SXB | 271 |
SXB_09 | Important to avoid getting pregnant | SXB | 272 |
SXB_1 | Ever had sexual intercourse | SXB | 269 |
SXB_10 | Important to avoid getting partner pregnant | SXB | 273 |
SXB_11 | Usually use birth control - past 12 months | SXB | 274 |
SXB_12A | Usual birth control method - condom | SXB | 274 |
SXB_12B | Usual birth control method - Birth control pill | SXB | 275 |
SXB_12C | Usual birth control method - diaphragm | SXB | 275 |
SXB_12D | Usual birth control method - spermicide | SXB | 276 |
SXB_12E | Usual birth control method - other | SXB | 277 |
SXB_12F | Usual birth control method - birth control injection | SXB | 276 |
SXB_13A | Birth control method used last time - condom | SXB | 277 |
SXB_13B | Birth control method used last time - birth control pill | SXB | 278 |
SXB_13C | Birth control method used last time - diaphragm | SXB | 278 |
SXB_13D | Birth control method used last time - spermicide | SXB | 279 |
SXB_13E | Birth control method used last time - other | SXB | 280 |
SXB_13F | Birth control method used last time - birth control injection | SXB | 279 |
SXB_13G | Method used last time - nothing | SXB | 280 |
SXB_2 | Age - first sexual intercourse | SXB | 269 |
SXB_3 | Had sexual intercourse - past 12 months | SXB | 270 |
SXB_4 | Number of different partners - past 12 months | SXB | 270 |
SXB_7A | Condom use - last time | SXB | 271 |
UPE_01 | Frequency - wears helmet - bicycling | UPE | 192 |
UPE_01A | Done any bicycling in past 12 months | UPE | 191 |
UPE_02 | Done any in-line skating in past 12 months | UPE | 192 |
UPE_02A | Frequency - wears helmet - in-line skating | UPE | 193 |
UPE_02B | Frequency - wears wrist guards - in-line skating | UPE | 193 |
UPE_02C | Frequency - wears elbow pads - in-line skating | UPE | 194 |
UPE_02D | Wear knee pads | UPE | 194 |
UPE_03A | Downhill skiing or snowboarding - past 3 months | UPE | 195 |
UPE_03B | Downhill skiing or snowboarding - past 12 mo | UPE | 195 |
UPE_04A | Frequency - wears helmet - downhill skiing | UPE | 196 |
UPE_05A | Frequency - wears helmet - snowboarding | UPE | 196 |
UPE_05B | Frequency - wears wrist guards - snowboarding | UPE | 197 |
UPE_06 | Has done skateboarding - past 12 mo | UPE | 197 |
UPE_06A | Frequency - wears helmet - skateboarding | UPE | 198 |
UPE_06B | Frequency - wears wrist guards/protectors - skateboarding | UPE | 198 |
UPE_06C | Frequency - wears elbow pads - skateboarding | UPE | 199 |
UPE_07 | Played ice hockey past 12 months | UPE | 199 |
UPE_07A | Wear a mouth guard | UPE | 200 |
UPEFILS | Wears all protective equipment - in-line skating - (F) | UPE | 200 |
UPEFSKB | Wears all protective equipment - skateboarding - (F) | UPE | 201 |
UPEFSNB | Wears all protective equipment - snowboarding - (F) | UPE | 201 |
VERDATE | Date of file creation | SAM | 1 |
WTMZ_01 | Required visit to medical specialist | WTM | 476 |
WTMZ_02 | Required visit to medical specialist - type of condition | WTM | 477 |
WTMZ_03 | Person who referred respondent to medical specialist | WTM | 478 |
WTMZ_04 | Already visited the medical specialist | WTM | 478 |
WTMZ_05 | Had difficulties seeing the medical specialist | WTM | 479 |
WTMZ_06A | Difficulty - getting a referral | WTM | 479 |
WTMZ_06B | Difficulty - getting an appointment | WTM | 480 |
WTMZ_06C | Difficulty - no specialists in area | WTM | 480 |
WTMZ_06D | Difficulty - waited too long for an appointment | WTM | 481 |
WTMZ_06E | Difficulty - waited too long to see doctor | WTM | 481 |
WTMZ_06F | Difficulty - transportation | WTM | 482 |
WTMZ_06G | Difficulty - language | WTM | 482 |
WTMZ_06H | Difficulty - cost | WTM | 483 |
WTMZ_06I | Difficulty - personal or family responsibilities | WTM | 483 |
WTMZ_06J | Difficulty - general deterioration of health | WTM | 484 |
WTMZ_06K | Difficulty - appointment cancelled/deferred | WTM | 484 |
WTMZ_06L | Difficulty - unable to leave house/health problem | WTM | 485 |
WTMZ_06M | Difficulty - other | WTM | 485 |
WTMZ_07A | Length of wait to see specialist | WTM | 486 |
WTMZ_07B | Length of wait to see specialist - reporting unit | WTM | 486 |
WTMZ_08A | Length of time been waiting to see specialist | WTM | 487 |
WTMZ_08B | Length of time been waiting to see specialist - reported unit | WTM | 487 |
WTMZ_10 | Respondent's opinion of waiting time | WTM | 488 |
WTMZ_11A | Acceptable waiting time | WTM | 488 |
WTMZ_11B | Acceptable waiting time - reporting unit | WTM | 489 |
WTMZ_12 | Visit to specialist cancelled or postponed | WTM | 489 |
WTMZ_13A | Visit cancelled/postponed - by respondent | WTM | 490 |
WTMZ_13B | Visit cancelled/postponed - by specialist | WTM | 490 |
WTMZ_13C | Visit cancelled/postponed - by other | WTM | 491 |
WTMZ_14 | Life affected by wait for visit to specialist | WTM | 491 |
WTMZ_15A | Life affected by wait - worry | WTM | 492 |
WTMZ_15B | Life affected by wait - worry for family | WTM | 492 |
WTMZ_15C | Life affected by wait - pain | WTM | 493 |
WTMZ_15D | Life affected by wait - problem with activities/daily living | WTM | 493 |
WTMZ_15E | Life affected by wait - loss of work | WTM | 494 |
WTMZ_15F | Life affected by wait - loss of income | WTM | 494 |
WTMZ_15G | Life affected by wait - increased dependence | WTM | 495 |
WTMZ_15H | Life affected by wait - increased use medications | WTM | 495 |
WTMZ_15I | Life affected by wait - health deteriorated | WTM | 496 |
WTMZ_15J | Life affected by wait - health problem improved | WTM | 496 |
WTMZ_15K | Life affected by wait - personal relationships suffered | WTM | 497 |
WTMZ_15L | Life affected by wait - other | WTM | 497 |
WTMZ_16 | Type of surgery required | WTM | 498 |
WTMZ_17 | Already had the surgery | WTM | 499 |
WTMZ_18 | Surgery required overnight hospital stay | WTM | 499 |
WTMZ_19 | Experienced difficulties getting this surgery | WTM | 500 |
WTMZ_20A | Difficulty - getting an appointment | WTM | 500 |
WTMZ_20B | Difficulty - getting a diagnosis | WTM | 501 |
WTMZ_20C | Difficulty - waited too long for a diagnostic test | WTM | 501 |
WTMZ_20D | Difficulty - waited too long for a hospital bed | WTM | 502 |
WTMZ_20E | Difficulty - waited too long for surgery | WTM | 502 |
WTMZ_20F | Difficulty - service not available in area | WTM | 503 |
WTMZ_20G | Difficulty - transportation | WTM | 503 |
WTMZ_20H | Difficulty - language | WTM | 504 |
WTMZ_20I | Difficulty - cost | WTM | 504 |
WTMZ_20J | Difficulty - personal or family responsibilities | WTM | 505 |
WTMZ_20K | Difficulty - general deterioration of health | WTM | 505 |
WTMZ_20L | Difficulty - appointment cancelled/deferred | WTM | 506 |
WTMZ_20M | Difficulty - unable to leave house/health problem | WTM | 506 |
WTMZ_20N | Difficulty - other | WTM | 507 |
WTMZ_21A | Length of wait between decision and surgery | WTM | 507 |
WTMZ_21B | Length of wait between decision and surgery - reported unit | WTM | 508 |
WTMZ_22 | Surgery will require overnight hospital stay | WTM | 508 |
WTMZ_23A | Time since decision to have surgery | WTM | 509 |
WTMZ_23B | Time since decision to have surgery - reported unit | WTM | 509 |
WTMZ_24 | Respondent's opinion of waiting time | WTM | 510 |
WTMZ_25A | Acceptable waiting time | WTM | 510 |
WTMZ_25B | Acceptable waiting time - reported unit | WTM | 511 |
WTMZ_26 | Surgery cancelled or postponed | WTM | 511 |
WTMZ_27A | Surgery cancelled/postponed - by respondent | WTM | 512 |
WTMZ_27B | Surgery cancelled/postponed - by surgeon | WTM | 512 |
WTMZ_27C | Surgery cancelled/postponed - by hospital | WTM | 513 |
WTMZ_27D | Surgery cancelled/postponed - other | WTM | 513 |
WTMZ_28 | Life affected by wait for surgery | WTM | 514 |
WTMZ_29A | Life affected by wait - worry | WTM | 514 |
WTMZ_29B | Life affected by wait - worry for family | WTM | 515 |
WTMZ_29C | Life affected by wait - pain | WTM | 515 |
WTMZ_29D | Life affected by wait - problem with activities/daily living | WTM | 516 |
WTMZ_29E | Life affected by wait - loss of work | WTM | 516 |
WTMZ_29F | Life affected by wait - loss of income | WTM | 517 |
WTMZ_29G | Life affected by wait - increased dependence | WTM | 517 |
WTMZ_29H | Life affected by wait - increased used of medication | WTM | 518 |
WTMZ_29I | Life affected by wait - health deteriorated | WTM | 518 |
WTMZ_29J | Life affected by wait - health problem improved | WTM | 519 |
WTMZ_29K | Life affected by wait - personal relationships suffered | WTM | 519 |
WTMZ_29L | Life affected by wait - other | WTM | 520 |
WTMZ_30 | Type of diagnostic test required | WTM | 520 |
WTMZ_31 | Required diagnostic test - type of condition | WTM | 521 |
WTMZ_32 | Already had diagnostic test | WTM | 522 |
WTMZ_33 | Location of test | WTM | 522 |
WTMZ_34 | Location of clinic | WTM | 523 |
WTMZ_35 | Patient in hospital at time of test | WTM | 523 |
WTMZ_36 | Had difficulties getting the diagnostic test | WTM | 524 |
WTMZ_37A | Difficulty - getting a referral | WTM | 524 |
WTMZ_37B | Difficulty - getting an appointment | WTM | 525 |
WTMZ_37C | Difficulty - waited too long to get an appointment | WTM | 525 |
WTMZ_37D | Difficulty - waited long to get test | WTM | 526 |
WTMZ_37E | Difficulty - service not available at time required | WTM | 526 |
WTMZ_37F | Difficulty - service not available in area | WTM | 527 |
WTMZ_37G | Difficulty - transportation | WTM | 527 |
WTMZ_37H | Difficulty - language | WTM | 528 |
WTMZ_37I | Difficulty - cost | WTM | 528 |
WTMZ_37J | Difficulty - general deterioration of health | WTM | 529 |
WTMZ_37K | Difficulty - did not know where to get information | WTM | 529 |
WTMZ_37L | Difficulty - unable to leave house/health problem | WTM | 530 |
WTMZ_37M | Difficulty - other | WTM | 530 |
WTMZ_38A | Length of wait between decision and test | WTM | 531 |
WTMZ_38B | Length of wait between decision and test - reporting unit | WTM | 531 |
WTMZ_39A | Length of time been waiting for diagnostic test | WTM | 532 |
WTMZ_39B | Length of time been waiting for diagnostic test - unit | WTM | 532 |
WTMZ_40 | Respondent's opinion of waiting time | WTM | 533 |
WTMZ_41A | Acceptable waiting time | WTM | 533 |
WTMZ_41B | Acceptable waiting time - unit | WTM | 534 |
WTMZ_42 | Test cancelled or postponed | WTM | 534 |
WTMZ_43 | Test cancelled or postponed by | WTM | 535 |
WTMZ_44 | Life affected by wait for test | WTM | 535 |
WTMZ_45A | Life affected by wait - worry | WTM | 536 |
WTMZ_45B | Life affected by wait - worry for family | WTM | 536 |
WTMZ_45C | Life affected by wait - pain | WTM | 537 |
WTMZ_45D | Life affected by wait - problem with activities/daily living | WTM | 537 |
WTMZ_45E | Life affected by wait - loss of work | WTM | 538 |
WTMZ_45F | Life affected by wait - loss of income | WTM | 538 |
WTMZ_45G | Life affected by wait - increased dependence | WTM | 539 |
WTMZ_45H | Life affected by wait - increased use medications | WTM | 539 |
WTMZ_45I | Life affected by wait - health deteriorated | WTM | 540 |
WTMZ_45J | Life affected by wait - health problem improved | WTM | 540 |
WTMZ_45K | Life affected by wait - personal relationships suffered | WTM | 541 |
WTMZ_45L | Life affected by wait - other | WTM | 541 |
WTMZDCA | Number of days acceptable wait - non emergency surgery - (D) | WTM | 544 |
WTMZDCN | Number of days wait - non-urgent surgery - not done - (D) | WTM | 544 |
WTMZDCO | Number of days wait - non-urgent surgery - surgery done - (D) | WTM | 543 |
WTMZDSA | Number of days acceptable wait - medical specialist - (D) | WTM | 543 |
WTMZDSN | Number/days wait/medical specialist - not seen specialist - (D) | WTM | 542 |
WTMZDSO | Number/days wait/medical specialist - seen specialist - (D) | WTM | 542 |
WTMZDTA | Number of days acceptable wait - diagnostic test - (D) | WTM | 546 |
WTMZDTN | Number of days wait - diagnostic test - not done - (D) | WTM | 545 |
WTMZDTO | Number of days wait - diagnostic test - done - (D) | WTM | 545 |
WTS_S1M | Weights - Master | WTS | 546 |
WTS_S1S | Weights - Share | WTS | 546 |
For the complete document in PDF format, contact Client Services (613-951-1746; hd-ds@statcan.gc.ca), Health Statistics Division